Initial version of wxStyledTextCtrl, a Scintilla wrapper. There is

still LOTS and LOTS to be done, but this is already very functional.


git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@6555 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
Robin Dunn
2000-03-09 19:42:06 +00:00
parent 7b22b912fd
commit 9ce192d417
94 changed files with 31240 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: stc.h
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. This class is the
// one meant to be used directly by wx applications. It does not
// derive directly from the Scintilla classes, and in fact there
// is no mention of Scintilla classes at all in this header.
// This class delegates all method calls and events to the
// Scintilla objects and so forth. This allows the use of
// Scintilla without polluting the namespace with all the
// classes and itentifiers from Scintilla.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __stc_h__
#define __stc_h__
#include <wx/wx.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants and stuff
enum wxSTC_UndoType {
wxSTC_UndoCollectNone,
wxSTC_UndoCollectAutoStart
};
enum wxSTC_EOL {
wxSTC_EOL_CRLF,
wxSTC_EOL_CR,
wxSTC_EOL_LF
};
enum wxSTC_EDGE {
wxSTC_EDGE_NONE,
wxSTC_EDGE_LINE,
wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND
};
const int wxSTC_LEX_STYLE_MAX = 31;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT = 32;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_LINENUMBER = 33;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_BRACELIGHT = 34;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_BRACEBAD = 35;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_CONTROLCHAR = 36;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_MAX = 63;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_MASK = 31;
const int wxSTC_MARKER_MAX = 31;
const int wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE = 0;
const int wxSTC_MARK_ROUNDRECT = 1;
const int wxSTC_MARK_ARROW = 2;
const int wxSTC_MARK_SMALLRECT = 3;
const int wxSTC_MARK_SHORTARROW = 4;
const int wxSTC_MARK_EMPTY = 5;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN = 0;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLE = 1;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_TT = 2;
const int wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK = 32;
const int wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK = 64;
const int wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK = 128;
const int wxSTC_INDICS_MASK = (wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK | wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK | wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK);
// key commands
enum {
wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWN = 2300,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEUP,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHT,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHT,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_HOME,
wxSTC_CMD_HOMEEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTART,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUP,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWN,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE,
wxSTC_CMD_CANCEL,
wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACK,
wxSTC_CMD_TAB,
wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB,
wxSTC_CMD_NEWLINE,
wxSTC_CMD_FORMFEED,
wxSTC_CMD_VCHOME,
wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMIN,
wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMOUT,
wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHT
};
enum wxSTC_LEX {
wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER=0,
wxSTC_LEX_NULL,
wxSTC_LEX_PYTHON,
wxSTC_LEX_CPP,
wxSTC_LEX_HTML,
wxSTC_LEX_XML,
wxSTC_LEX_PERL,
wxSTC_LEX_SQL,
wxSTC_LEX_VB,
wxSTC_LEX_PROPERTIES,
wxSTC_LEX_ERRORLIST,
wxSTC_LEX_MAKEFILE,
wxSTC_LEX_BATCH,
};
const int wxSTC_CARET_SLOP = 0x01;
const int WXSTC_CARET_CENTER = 0x02;
const int wxSTC_CARET_STRICT = 0x04;
const int wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL = 0;
const int wxSTC_MARGIN_NUMBER = 1;
class ScintillaWX; // forward declare
class WordList;
struct SCNotification;
extern const wxChar* wxSTCNameStr;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextCtrl : public wxControl {
public:
wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
~wxStyledTextCtrl();
// Text retrieval and modification
wxString GetText();
bool SetText(const wxString& text);
wxString GetLine(int line);
void ReplaceSelection(const wxString& text);
void SetReadOnly(bool readOnly);
bool GetReadOnly();
wxString GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
wxString GetStyledTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
void GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos, char* buff);
void GetStyledTextRange(int startPos, int endPos, char* buff);
void AddText(const wxString& text);
void AddStyledText(const wxString& text);
void InsertText(int pos, const wxString& text);
void ClearAll();
char GetCharAt(int pos);
char GetStyleAt(int pos);
void SetStyleBits(int bits);
int GetStyleBits();
// Clipboard
void Cut();
void Copy();
void Paste();
bool CanPaste();
void ClearClipbrd(); // avoiding name conflict with virtual in wxWindow
// Undo and Redo
void Undo();
bool CanUndo();
void EmptyUndoBuffer();
void Redo();
bool CanRedo();
void SetUndoCollection(wxSTC_UndoType type);
wxSTC_UndoType GetUndoCollection();
void BeginUndoAction();
void EndUndoAction();
// Selection and information
void GetSelection(int* startPos, int* endPos);
void SetSelection(int startPos, int endPos);
wxString GetSelectedText();
void HideSelection(bool hide);
bool GetHideSelection();
int GetTextLength();
int GetFirstVisibleLine();
bool GetModified();
int GetLineCount();
wxRect GetRect();
int GetLineFromPos(int pos);
int GetLineStartPos(int line);
int GetLineLengthAtPos(int pos);
int GetLineLength(int line);
wxString GetCurrentLineText(int* linePos=NULL);
int GetCurrentLine();
int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt);
int LineFromPoint(wxPoint pt);
wxPoint PointFromPosition(int pos);
int GetCurrentPos();
int GetAnchor();
void SelectAll();
void SetCurrentPosition(int pos);
void SetAnchor(int pos);
void GotoPos(int pos);
void GotoLine(int line);
void ChangePosition(int delta, bool extendSelection);
void PageMove(int cmdKey, bool extendSelection);
void ScrollBy(int columnDelta, int lineDelta);
void ScrollToLine(int line);
void ScrollToColumn(int column);
void EnsureCaretVisible();
void SetCaretPolicy(int policy, int slop=0);
int GetSelectionType();
// Searching
int FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const wxString& text,
bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
void SearchAnchor();
int SearchNext(const wxString& text, bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
int SearchPrev(const wxString& text, bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
// Visible whitespace
bool GetViewWhitespace();
void SetViewWhitespace(bool visible);
// Line endings
wxSTC_EOL GetEOLMode();
void SetEOLMode(wxSTC_EOL mode);
bool GetViewEOL();
void SetViewEOL(bool visible);
void ConvertEOL(wxSTC_EOL mode);
// Styling
int GetEndStyled();
void StartStyling(int pos, int mask);
void SetStyleFor(int length, int style);
void SetStyleBytes(int length, char* styleBytes);
// Style Definition
void StyleClearAll();
void StyleResetDefault();
void StyleSetSpec(int styleNum, const wxString& spec);
void StyleSetForeground(int styleNum, const wxColour& colour);
void StyleSetBackground(int styleNum, const wxColour& colour);
void StyleSetFont(int styleNum, wxFont& font);
void StyleSetFontAttr(int styleNum, int size, const wxString& faceName, bool bold, bool italic);
void StyleSetBold(int styleNum, bool bold);
void StyleSetItalic(int styleNum, bool italic);
void StyleSetFaceName(int styleNum, const wxString& faceName);
void StyleSetSize(int styleNum, int pointSize);
void StyleSetEOLFilled(int styleNum, bool fillEOL);
// Margins in the edit area
int GetLeftMargin();
int GetRightMargin();
void SetMargins(int left, int right);
// Margins for selection, markers, etc.
void SetMarginType(int margin, int type);
int GetMarginType(int margin);
void SetMarginWidth(int margin, int pixelWidth);
int GetMarginWidth(int margin);
void SetMarginMask(int margin, int mask);
int GetMarginMask(int margin);
void SetMarginSensitive(int margin, bool sensitive);
bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin);
// Selection and Caret styles
void SetSelectionForeground(const wxColour& colour);
void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& colour);
void SetCaretForeground(const wxColour& colour);
int GetCaretPeriod();
void SetCaretPeriod(int milliseconds);
// Other settings
void SetBufferedDraw(bool isBuffered);
void SetTabWidth(int numChars);
void SetWordChars(const wxString& wordChars);
// Brace highlighting
void BraceHighlight(int pos1, int pos2);
void BraceBadlight(int pos);
int BraceMatch(int pos, int maxReStyle=0);
// Markers
void MarkerDefine(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
const wxColour& foreground,
const wxColour& background);
void MarkerSetType(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol);
void MarkerSetForeground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& colour);
void MarkerSetBackground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& colour);
int MarkerAdd(int line, int markerNumber);
void MarkerDelete(int line, int markerNumber);
void MarkerDeleteAll(int markerNumber);
int MarkerGet(int line);
int MarkerGetNextLine(int lineStart, int markerMask);
int MarkerGetPrevLine(int lineStart, int markerMask);
int MarkerLineFromHandle(int handle);
void MarkerDeleteHandle(int handle);
// Indicators
void IndicatorSetStyle(int indicNum, int indicStyle);
int IndicatorGetStyle(int indicNum);
void IndicatorSetColour(int indicNum, const wxColour& colour);
// Auto completion
void AutoCompShow(const wxString& listOfWords);
void AutoCompCancel();
bool AutoCompActive();
int AutoCompPosAtStart();
void AutoCompComplete();
void AutoCompStopChars(const wxString& stopChars);
// Call tips
void CallTipShow(int pos, const wxString& text);
void CallTipCancel();
bool CallTipActive();
int CallTipPosAtStart();
void CallTipSetHighlight(int start, int end);
void CallTipSetBackground(const wxColour& colour);
// Key bindings
void CmdKeyAssign(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);
void CmdKeyClear(int key, int modifiers);
void CmdKeyClearAll();
void CmdKeyExecute(int cmd);
// Print formatting
int FormatRange(bool doDraw,
int startPos,
int endPos,
wxDC* draw,
wxDC* target, // Why does it use two? Can they be the same?
wxRect renderRect,
wxRect pageRect);
// Document Sharing (multiple views)
void* GetDocument();
void SetDocument(void* document);
// TODO: create a wx wrapper for Scintilla's document class
// TODO: Folding
// Long Lines
int GetEdgeColumn();
void SetEdgeColumn(int column);
wxSTC_EDGE GetEdgeMode();
void SetEdgeMode(wxSTC_EDGE mode);
wxColour GetEdgeColour();
void SetEdgeColour(const wxColour& colour);
// Lexer
void SetLexer(wxSTC_LEX lexer);
wxSTC_LEX GetLexer();
void Colourise(int start, int end);
void SetProperty(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
void SetKeywords(int keywordSet, const wxString& keywordList);
private:
// Event handlers
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
void OnScrollWin(wxScrollWinEvent& evt);
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
void OnMouseLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& evt);
void OnLoseFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
void OnGainFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& evt);
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
void OnMenu(wxCommandEvent& evt);
// Turn notifications from Scintilla into events
void NotifyChange();
void NotifyParent(SCNotification* scn);
long SendMsg(int msg, long wp=0, long lp=0);
private:
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
ScintillaWX* m_swx;
wxStopWatch m_stopWatch;
bool m_readOnly;
wxSTC_UndoType m_undoType;
friend class ScintillaWX;
friend class Platform;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent {
public:
wxStyledTextEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id);
~wxStyledTextEvent() {}
void SetPosition(int pos) { m_position = pos; }
void SetKey(int k) { m_key = k; }
void SetModifiers(int m) { m_modifiers = m; }
void SetModificationType(int t) { m_modificationType = t; }
void SetText(const char* t) { m_text = t; }
void SetLength(int len) { m_length = len; }
void SetLinesAdded(int num) { m_linesAdded = num; }
void SetLine(int val) { m_line = val; }
void SetFoldLevelNow(int val) { m_foldLevelNow = val; }
void SetFoldLevelPrev(int val) { m_foldLevelPrev = val; }
void SetMargin(int val) { m_margin = val; }
void SetMessage(int val) { m_message = val; }
void SetWParam(int val) { m_wParam = val; }
void SetLParam(int val) { m_lParam = val; }
int GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
int GetKey() const { return m_key; }
int GetModifiers() const { return m_modifiers; }
int GetModificationType() const { return m_modificationType; }
wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
int GetLength() const { return m_length; }
int GetLinesAdded() const { return m_linesAdded; }
int GetLine() const { return m_line; }
int GetFoldLevelNow() const { return m_foldLevelNow; }
int GetFoldLevelPrev() const { return m_foldLevelPrev; }
int GetMargin() const { return m_margin; }
int GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
int GetWParam() const { return m_wParam; }
int GetLParam() const { return m_lParam; }
bool GetShift() const;
bool GetControl() const;
bool GetAlt() const;
void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
private:
int m_position;
int m_key;
int m_modifiers;
int m_modificationType; // wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED
wxString m_text;
int m_length;
int m_linesAdded;
int m_line;
int m_foldLevelNow;
int m_foldLevelPrev;
int m_margin; // wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
int m_message; // wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD
int m_wParam;
int m_lParam;
};
enum {
wxEVT_STC_CHANGE = 1650,
wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED,
wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED,
wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI,
wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED,
wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT,
wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT,
wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK,
wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED,
wxEVT_STC_KEY,
wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD,
wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK,
wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN
};
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxStyledTextEventFunction)(wxStyledTextEvent&);
#define EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CHANGE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_CMDKEY(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CMDKEY, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_UNKNOWNCMDKEY(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_UNKNOWNCMDKEY, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
stctest.res

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# File: makefile.vc For stectrl
# Author: Robin Dunn
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
# Updated:
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
PROGRAM = stctest
OBJECTS = $(PROGRAM).obj
EXTRALIBS = $(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc$(LIBEXT).lib
EXTRAINC = -I$(WXDIR)\contrib\include
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makeprog.vc

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: stctest.cpp
// Purpose: sample of using wxStyledTextCtrl
// Author: Robin Dunn
// Modified by:
// Created: 3-Feb-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma implementation "stctest.cpp"
#pragma interface "stctest.cpp"
#endif
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/wx.h"
#endif
#include <wx/wfstream.h>
#include <wx/stc/stc.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class MyApp : public wxApp
{
public:
virtual bool OnInit();
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define a new frame type: this is going to be our main frame
class MyFrame : public wxFrame
{
public:
MyFrame(const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
void OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& event);
void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event);
void OnStyleNeeded(wxStyledTextEvent& event);
private:
wxStyledTextCtrl* ed;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
};
// IDs for the controls and the menu commands
enum
{
// menu items
ID_Quit = 1,
ID_About,
ID_ED
};
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
EVT_MENU (ID_Quit, MyFrame::OnQuit)
EVT_MENU (ID_About, MyFrame::OnAbout)
EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED (ID_ED, MyFrame::OnStyleNeeded)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
IMPLEMENT_APP(MyApp)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// `Main program' equivalent: the program execution "starts" here
bool MyApp::OnInit()
{
MyFrame *frame = new MyFrame("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl",
wxPoint(5, 5), wxSize(400, 600));
frame->Show(TRUE);
return TRUE;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// frame constructor
MyFrame::MyFrame(const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size)
: wxFrame((wxFrame *)NULL, -1, title, pos, size)
{
#ifdef __WXMAC__
// we need this in order to allow the about menu relocation, since ABOUT is
// not the default id of the about menu
wxApp::s_macAboutMenuItemId = ID_About;
#endif
// create a menu bar
wxMenu *menuFile = new wxMenu("", wxMENU_TEAROFF);
// the "About" item should be in the help menu
wxMenu *helpMenu = new wxMenu;
helpMenu->Append(ID_About, "&About...\tCtrl-A", "Show about dialog");
menuFile->Append(ID_Quit, "E&xit\tAlt-X", "Quit this program");
// now append the freshly created menu to the menu bar...
wxMenuBar *menuBar = new wxMenuBar();
menuBar->Append(menuFile, "&File");
menuBar->Append(helpMenu, "&Help");
// ... and attach this menu bar to the frame
SetMenuBar(menuBar);
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
CreateStatusBar(2);
SetStatusText("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl");
#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
//----------------------------------------
// Setup the editor
ed = new wxStyledTextCtrl(this, ID_ED);
// Default font
wxFont font(8, wxMODERN, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL);
ed->StyleSetFont(wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT, font);
ed->StyleClearAll();
ed->StyleSetForeground(0, wxColour(0x80, 0x80, 0x80));
ed->StyleSetForeground(1, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x00));
//ed->StyleSetForeground(2, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetForeground(3, wxColour(0x7f, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(4, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(5, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(6, wxColour(0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(7, wxColour(0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(8, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(9, wxColour(0x7f, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(10, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetForeground(11, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetBold(5, TRUE);
ed->StyleSetBold(10, TRUE);
#ifdef __WXMSW__
ed->StyleSetSpec(2, "fore:#007f00,bold,face:Arial,size:7");
#else
ed->StyleSetSpec(2, "fore:#007f00,bold,face:Helvetica,size:7");
#endif
// give it some text to play with
wxFile file("stctest.cpp");
wxString st;
char* buff = st.GetWriteBuf(file.Length());
file.Read(buff, file.Length());
st.UngetWriteBuf();
ed->InsertText(0, st);
ed->EmptyUndoBuffer();
ed->SetLexer(wxSTC_LEX_CPP);
ed->SetKeywords(0,
"asm auto bool break case catch char class const "
"const_cast continue default delete do double "
"dynamic_cast else enum explicit export extern "
"false float for friend goto if inline int long "
"mutable namespace new operator private protected "
"public register reinterpret_cast return short signed "
"sizeof static static_cast struct switch template this "
"throw true try typedef typeid typename union unsigned "
"using virtual void volatile wchar_t while");
}
// event handlers
void MyFrame::OnStyleNeeded(wxStyledTextEvent& event) {
int currEndStyled = ed->GetEndStyled();
ed->Colourise(currEndStyled, event.GetPosition());
}
void MyFrame::OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
// TRUE is to force the frame to close
Close(TRUE);
}
void MyFrame::OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
wxString msg;
msg.Printf( _T("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl...\n"));
wxMessageBox(msg, "About This Test", wxOK | wxICON_INFORMATION, this);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#include "wx/msw/wx.rc"

585
contrib/src/stc/PlatWX.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// PlatWX.cxx - implementation of platform facilities on wxWindows
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// Robin Dunn <robin@aldunn.com>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
Point Point::FromLong(long lpoint) {
return Point(lpoint & 0xFFFF, lpoint >> 32);
}
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc) {
wxRect rc(prc.left, prc.top,
prc.right-prc.left+1, prc.bottom-prc.top+1);
return rc;
}
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc) {
return PRectangle(rc.GetLeft(), rc.GetTop(), rc.GetRight(), rc.GetBottom());
}
Colour::Colour(long lcol) {
co.Set(lcol & 0xff, (lcol >> 8) & 0xff, (lcol >> 16) & 0xff);
}
Colour::Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue) {
co.Set(red, green, blue);
}
bool Colour::operator==(const Colour &other) const {
return co == other.co;
}
long Colour::AsLong() const {
return (((long)co.Blue() << 16) |
((long)co.Green() << 8) |
((long)co.Red()));
}
unsigned int Colour::GetRed() {
return co.Red();
}
unsigned int Colour::GetGreen() {
return co.Green();
}
unsigned int Colour::GetBlue() {
return co.Blue();
}
Palette::Palette() {
used = 0;
allowRealization = false;
}
Palette::~Palette() {
Release();
}
void Palette::Release() {
used = 0;
}
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
void Palette::WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want) {
if (want) {
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired)
return;
}
if (used < numEntries) {
entries[used].desired = cp.desired;
entries[used].allocated = cp.desired;
used++;
}
} else {
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired) {
cp.allocated = entries[i].allocated;
return;
}
}
cp.allocated = cp.desired;
}
}
void Palette::Allocate(Window &) {
if (allowRealization) {
}
}
Font::Font() {
id = 0;
ascent = 0;
}
Font::~Font() {
}
void Font::Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold, bool italic) {
Release();
id = new wxFont(size,
wxDEFAULT,
italic ? wxITALIC : wxNORMAL,
bold ? wxBOLD : wxNORMAL,
false,
faceName);
}
void Font::Release() {
if (id)
delete id;
id = 0;
}
Surface::Surface() :
hdc(0), hdcOwned(0), bitmap(0),
x(0), y(0) {
}
Surface::~Surface() {
Release();
}
void Surface::Release() {
if (bitmap) {
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
delete bitmap;
bitmap = 0;
}
if (hdcOwned) {
delete hdc;
hdc = 0;
hdcOwned = false;
}
}
bool Surface::Initialised() {
return hdc != 0;
}
void Surface::Init() {
Release();
hdc = new wxMemoryDC();
hdcOwned = true;
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::Init(SurfaceID hdc_) {
Release();
hdc = hdc_;
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_) {
Release();
hdc = new wxMemoryDC(surface_->hdc);
hdcOwned = true;
bitmap = new wxBitmap(width, height);
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(*bitmap);
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::PenColour(Colour fore) {
hdc->SetPen(wxPen(fore.co, 1, wxSOLID));
}
void Surface::BrushColor(Colour back) {
hdc->SetBrush(wxBrush(back.co, wxSOLID));
}
void Surface::SetFont(Font &font_) {
hdc->SetFont(*font_.GetID());
}
int Surface::LogPixelsY() {
return hdc->GetPPI().y;
}
void Surface::MoveTo(int x_, int y_) {
x = x_;
y = y_;
}
void Surface::LineTo(int x_, int y_) {
hdc->DrawLine(x,y, x_,y_);
x = x_;
y = y_;
}
void Surface::Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore,
Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawPolygon(npts, (wxPoint*)pts);
}
void Surface::RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back) {
BrushColor(back);
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern) {
wxBrush br;
if (surfacePattern.bitmap)
br = wxBrush(*surfacePattern.bitmap);
else // Something is wrong so display in red
br = wxBrush(*wxRED, wxSOLID);
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
hdc->SetBrush(br);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawRoundedRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc), 8);
}
void Surface::Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawEllipse(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource) {
hdc->Blit(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height(),
surfaceSource.hdc, from.x, from.y, wxCOPY);
}
void Surface::DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase,
const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
SetFont(font);
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
FillRectangle(rc, back);
// ybase is where the baseline should be, but wxWin uses the upper left
// corner, so I need to calculate the real position for the text...
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
}
void Surface::DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
SetFont(font);
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
FillRectangle(rc, back);
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
// see comments above
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
hdc->DestroyClippingRegion();
}
int Surface::WidthText(Font &font, const char *s, int len) {
SetFont(font);
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(wxString(s, len), &w, &h);
return w;
}
void Surface::MeasureWidths(Font &font, const char *s, int len, int *positions) {
SetFont(font);
int totalWidth = 0;
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(s[i], &w, &h);
totalWidth += w;
positions[i] = totalWidth;
}
}
int Surface::WidthChar(Font &font, char ch) {
SetFont(font);
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(ch, &w, &h);
return w;
}
#define EXTENT_TEST " `~!@#$%^&*()-_=+\\|[]{};:\"\'<,>.?/1234567890abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
int Surface::Ascent(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
font.ascent = h - d;
return font.ascent;
}
int Surface::Descent(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
return d;
}
int Surface::InternalLeading(Font &font) {
return 0;
}
int Surface::ExternalLeading(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
return e;
}
int Surface::Height(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
return hdc->GetCharHeight();
}
int Surface::AverageCharWidth(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
return hdc->GetCharWidth();
}
int Surface::SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround) {
return 0; // **** figure out what to do with palettes...
}
void Surface::SetClip(PRectangle rc) {
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
Window::~Window() {
}
void Window::Destroy() {
if (id)
id->Destroy();
id = 0;
}
bool Window::HasFocus() {
return wxWindow::FindFocus() == id;
}
PRectangle Window::GetPosition() {
wxRect rc(id->GetPosition(), id->GetSize());
return PRectangleFromwxRect(rc);
}
void Window::SetPosition(PRectangle rc) {
id->SetSize(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height());
}
void Window::SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window) {
SetPosition(rc); // ????
}
PRectangle Window::GetClientPosition() {
wxSize sz = id->GetClientSize();
return PRectangle(0, 0, sz.x - 1, sz.y - 1);
}
void Window::Show(bool show) {
id->Show(show);
}
void Window::InvalidateAll() {
id->Refresh(false);
}
void Window::InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc) {
id->Refresh(false, &wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Window::SetFont(Font &font) {
id->SetFont(*font.GetID());
}
void Window::SetCursor(Cursor curs) {
int cursorId;
switch (curs) {
case cursorText:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_IBEAM;
break;
case cursorArrow:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
break;
case cursorUp:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW; // ** no up arrow... wxCURSOR_UPARROW;
break;
case cursorWait:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_WAIT;
break;
case cursorHoriz:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZEWE;
break;
case cursorVert:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZENS;
break;
case cursorReverseArrow:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT;
break;
default:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
break;
}
id->SetCursor(wxCursor(cursorId));
}
void Window::SetTitle(const char *s) {
id->SetTitle(s);
}
ListBox::ListBox() {
}
ListBox::~ListBox() {
}
void ListBox::Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID) {
id = new wxListBox(parent.id, ctrlID, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT);
}
void ListBox::Clear() {
((wxListBox*)id)->Clear();
}
void ListBox::Append(char *s) {
((wxListBox*)id)->Append(s);
}
int ListBox::Length() {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->Number();
}
void ListBox::Select(int n) {
((wxListBox*)id)->SetSelection(n);
}
int ListBox::GetSelection() {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->GetSelection();
}
int ListBox::Find(const char *prefix) {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->FindString(prefix);
}
void ListBox::GetValue(int n, char *value, int len) {
wxString text = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetString(n);
strncpy(value, text.c_str(), len);
value[len-1] = '\0';
}
void ListBox::Sort() {
// wxWindows keeps sorted so no need to sort
}
Menu::Menu() : id(0) {
}
void Menu::CreatePopUp() {
Destroy();
id = new wxMenu();
}
void Menu::Destroy() {
if (id)
delete id;
id = 0;
}
void Menu::Show(Point pt, Window &w) {
w.GetID()->PopupMenu(id, pt.x - 4, pt.y);
Destroy();
}
Colour Platform::Chrome() {
wxColour c;
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE);
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
}
Colour Platform::ChromeHighlight() {
wxColour c;
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
}
const char *Platform::DefaultFont() {
return wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFaceName();
}
int Platform::DefaultFontSize() {
return 8;
}
unsigned int Platform::DoubleClickTime() {
return 500; // **** ::GetDoubleClickTime();
}
void Platform::DebugDisplay(const char *s) {
wxLogDebug(s);
}
bool Platform::IsKeyDown(int key) {
return false; // I don't think we'll need this.
}
long Platform::SendScintilla(WindowID w,
unsigned int msg,
unsigned long wParam,
long lParam) {
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc = (wxStyledTextCtrl*)w;
return stc->SendMsg(msg, wParam, lParam);
}
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
int Platform::Minimum(int a, int b) {
if (a < b)
return a;
else
return b;
}
int Platform::Maximum(int a, int b) {
if (a > b)
return a;
else
return b;
}
#define TRACE
void Platform::DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...) {
#ifdef TRACE
char buffer[2000];
va_list pArguments;
va_start(pArguments, format);
vsprintf(buffer,format,pArguments);
va_end(pArguments);
Platform::DebugDisplay(buffer);
#endif
}
int Platform::Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal) {
if (val > maxVal)
val = maxVal;
if (val < minVal)
val = minVal;
return val;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
This contrib is the wxStyledTextCtrl, which is a wrapper around the
Scintilla edit control. (See www.scintilla.org)
There is still VERY MUCH to be done, most notable of which is a more
advanced sample that exercises more of the code. (I havn't tested
AutoComplete or CallTips, or most of the event types at all yet.) And
also documentation, adding wrappers for some new scintilla
functionality, building and testing on wxGTK, etc. Be patient, it all
will get there soon.
Let me describe a bit about the architecture I am implementing...
Obviously there is the Platform layer which implements the varioius
platform classes by using wxWindows classes and filling in where
needed. Then there is a ScintillaWX class that is derived from
ScintillaBase and implements the necessary virtual methods that
Scintilla needs to fully funciton. This class however is not meant to
ever be used directly by wx programmers. I call it one end of the
bridge between the wx and Scintilla worlds. The other end of the
bridge is a class called wxStyledTextCtrl that looks, feels and acts
like other classes in wxWindows. Here is a diagram:
+------------------+ +-------------------+
| wxStyledTextCtrl |--bridge--| ScintillaWX |
+------------------+ +-------------------+
| ScintillaBase |
+-------------------+
| Editor |
+-------------------+
| PlatWX |
+-------------------+
wxStyledTextCtrl derives from wxControl so it has a window that can be
drawn upon. When a wxStyledTextCtrl is constructed it constructs a
ScintillaWX for itself and passes itself to the scintilla object to be
set as the wMain and wDraw attributes. All method calls on the STC
are sent over the bridge in the form of calls to ScintiallWX::WndProc.
All notifications are sent back over the bridge and turned into
wxEvents.
Robin

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: ScintillaWX.cxx
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
// PlatformWX.cxx This class is one end of a bridge between
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "ScintillaWX.h"
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
const int H_SCROLL_MAX = 2000;
const int H_SCROLL_STEP = 20;
const int H_SCROLL_PAGE = 200;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper classes
class wxSTCTimer : public wxTimer {
public:
wxSTCTimer(ScintillaWX* swx) {
this->swx = swx;
}
void Notify() {
swx->DoTick();
}
private:
ScintillaWX* swx;
};
bool wxSTCDropTarget::OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data) {
return swx->DoDropText(x, y, data);
}
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return swx->DoDragEnter(x, y, def);
}
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return swx->DoDragOver(x, y, def);
}
void wxSTCDropTarget::OnLeave() {
swx->DoDragLeave();
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constructor/Destructor
ScintillaWX::ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win) {
capturedMouse = false;
wMain = win;
wDraw = win;
stc = win;
Initialise();
}
ScintillaWX::~ScintillaWX() {
SetTicking(false);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// base class virtuals
void ScintillaWX::Initialise() {
//ScintillaBase::Initialise();
dropTarget.SetScintilla(this);
stc->SetDropTarget(&dropTarget);
}
void ScintillaWX::Finalise() {
ScintillaBase::Finalise();
}
void ScintillaWX::StartDrag() {
wxDropSource source;
wxTextDataObject data(dragChars);
wxDragResult result;
source.SetData(data);
result = source.DoDragDrop(TRUE);
if (result == wxDragMove && dropWentOutside)
ClearSelection();
inDragDrop = FALSE;
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetTicking(bool on) {
wxSTCTimer* steTimer;
if (timer.ticking != on) {
timer.ticking = on;
if (timer.ticking) {
steTimer = new wxSTCTimer(this);
steTimer->Start(timer.tickSize);
timer.tickerID = (int)steTimer;
} else {
steTimer = (wxSTCTimer*)timer.tickerID;
steTimer->Stop();
delete steTimer;
timer.tickerID = 0;
}
}
timer.ticksToWait = caret.period;
}
void ScintillaWX::SetMouseCapture(bool on) {
if (on)
wMain.GetID()->CaptureMouse();
else
wMain.GetID()->ReleaseMouse();
capturedMouse = on;
}
bool ScintillaWX::HaveMouseCapture() {
return capturedMouse;
}
void ScintillaWX::ScrollText(int linesToMove) {
int dy = vs.lineHeight * (linesToMove);
// TODO: calculate the rectangle to refreshed...
wMain.GetID()->ScrollWindow(0, dy);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetVerticalScrollPos() {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, topLine);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetHorizontalScrollPos() {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, xOffset);
}
bool ScintillaWX::ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) {
bool modified = false;
int sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxVERTICAL);
int sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxVERTICAL);
int sbPos = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL);
if (sbMax != nMax || sbThumb != nPage) {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxVERTICAL, sbPos, nPage, nMax);
modified = true;
}
sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxHORIZONTAL);
sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxHORIZONTAL);
if ((sbMax != H_SCROLL_MAX) || (sbThumb != H_SCROLL_STEP)) {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, 0, H_SCROLL_STEP, H_SCROLL_MAX);
modified = true;
}
return modified;
}
void ScintillaWX::NotifyChange() {
stc->NotifyChange();
}
void ScintillaWX::NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) {
stc->NotifyParent(&scn);
}
void ScintillaWX::Copy() {
if (currentPos != anchor) {
char* text = CopySelectionRange();
textDO.SetText(text);
wxTheClipboard->Open();
wxTheClipboard->SetData(&textDO);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
}
}
void ScintillaWX::Paste() {
pdoc->BeginUndoAction();
ClearSelection();
wxTextDataObject data;
bool canPaste;
wxTheClipboard->Open();
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
if (canPaste) {
wxString str = data.GetText();
int len = str.Length();
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, str.c_str(), len);
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + len);
}
pdoc->EndUndoAction();
NotifyChange();
Redraw();
}
bool ScintillaWX::CanPaste() {
wxTextDataObject data;
bool canPaste;
wxTheClipboard->Open();
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
return canPaste;
}
void ScintillaWX::CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle) {
ct.wCallTip = new wxWindow(wDraw.GetID(), -1);
ct.wDraw = ct.wCallTip;
}
void ScintillaWX::AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd, bool enabled) {
if (!label[0])
popup.GetID()->AppendSeparator();
else
popup.GetID()->Append(cmd, label);
if (!enabled)
popup.GetID()->Enable(cmd, enabled);
// TODO: need to create event handler mappings for the cmd ID
}
void ScintillaWX::ClaimSelection() {
}
LRESULT ScintillaWX::DefWndProc(UINT /*iMessage*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) {
return 0;
}
LRESULT ScintillaWX::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
switch (iMessage) {
case EM_CANPASTE:
return CanPaste();
default:
return ScintillaBase::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
}
return 0;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Event delegates
void ScintillaWX::DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect) {
paintState = painting;
Surface surfaceWindow;
surfaceWindow.Init(dc);
PRectangle rcPaint = PRectangleFromwxRect(rect);
dc->BeginDrawing();
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
dc->EndDrawing();
surfaceWindow.Release();
if (paintState == paintAbandoned) {
// Painting area was insufficient to cover new styling or brace highlight positions
FullPaint();
}
paintState = notPainting;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoHScroll(int type, int pos) {
int xPos = xOffset;
switch (type) {
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
xPos -= H_SCROLL_STEP;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
xPos += H_SCROLL_STEP;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
xPos -= H_SCROLL_PAGE;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
xPos += H_SCROLL_PAGE;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
xPos = 0;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
xPos = H_SCROLL_MAX;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
xPos = pos;
break;
}
HorizontalScrollTo(xPos);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoVScroll(int type, int pos) {
int topLineNew = topLine;
switch (type) {
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
topLineNew -= 1;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
topLineNew += 1;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
topLineNew -= LinesToScroll();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
topLineNew += LinesToScroll();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
topLineNew = 0;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
topLineNew = MaxScrollPos();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
topLineNew = pos;
break;
}
ScrollTo(topLineNew);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoSize(int width, int height) {
PRectangle rcClient(0,0,width,height);
SetScrollBarsTo(rcClient);
DropGraphics();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoLoseFocus(){
DropCaret();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoGainFocus(){
ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoSysColourChange() {
InvalidateStyleData();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl) {
ButtonUp(pt, curTime, ctrl);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonMove(Point pt) {
ButtonMove(pt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoAddChar(char ch) {
AddChar(ch);
}
int ScintillaWX::DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
return KeyDown(key, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoCommand(int ID) {
Command(ID);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoContextMenu(Point pt) {
ContextMenu(pt);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ScintillaWX::DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data) {
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
int movePos = PositionFromLocation(Point(x,y));
DropAt(movePos, data, dragResult == wxDragMove, FALSE); // TODO: rectangular?
return TRUE;
}
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return def;
}
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
SetDragPosition(PositionFromLocation(Point(x, y)));
dragResult = def;
return def;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoDragLeave() {
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redraw all of text area. This paint will not be abandoned.
void ScintillaWX::FullPaint() {
paintState = painting;
rcPaint = GetTextRectangle();
wxClientDC dc(wMain.GetID());
Surface surfaceWindow;
surfaceWindow.Init(&dc);
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
surfaceWindow.Release();
paintState = notPainting;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToLine(int line) {
ScrollTo(line);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToColumn(int column) {
HorizontalScrollTo(column * vs.spaceWidth);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: ScintillaWX.h
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
// PlatWX.cpp. This class is one end of a bridge between
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __ScintillaWX_h__
#define __ScintillaWX_h__
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
#include "SciLexer.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "KeyWords.h"
#endif
#include "ContractionState.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
#include "Document.h"
#include "Editor.h"
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
#include <wx/wx.h>
#include <wx/dataobj.h>
#include <wx/clipbrd.h>
#include <wx/dnd.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextCtrl; // forward
class ScintillaWX;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper classes
class wxSTCDropTarget : public wxTextDropTarget {
public:
void SetScintilla(ScintillaWX* swx) {
this->swx = swx;
}
bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data);
wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
void OnLeave();
private:
ScintillaWX* swx;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class ScintillaWX : public ScintillaBase {
public:
ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win);
~ScintillaWX();
// base class virtuals
virtual void Initialise();
virtual void Finalise();
virtual void StartDrag();
virtual void SetTicking(bool on);
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on);
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture();
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos();
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos();
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage);
virtual void Copy();
virtual void Paste();
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc);
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd = 0, bool enabled = true);
virtual void ClaimSelection();
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
virtual void NotifyChange();
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn);
// Event delegates
void DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect);
void DoHScroll(int type, int pos);
void DoVScroll(int type, int pos);
void DoSize(int width, int height);
void DoLoseFocus();
void DoGainFocus();
void DoSysColourChange();
void DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
void DoButtonMove(Point pt);
void DoAddChar(char ch);
int DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void DoTick() { Tick(); }
bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
wxDragResult DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
void DoDragLeave();
void DoCommand(int ID);
void DoContextMenu(Point pt);
// helpers
void FullPaint();
bool CanPaste();
bool GetHideSelection() { return hideSelection; }
void DoScrollToLine(int line);
void DoScrollToColumn(int column);
private:
bool capturedMouse;
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc;
wxTextDataObject textDO;
wxSTCDropTarget dropTarget;
wxDragResult dragResult;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif

106
contrib/src/stc/makefile.vc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
# File: makefile.vc For stectrl
# Author: Robin Dunn
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
# Updated:
# Set WXDIR for your system
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
SCINTILLA=.\scintilla
S=$(SCINTILLA)\src
EXTRAINC=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(SCINTILLA)/include -I$(S) -I. -I$(WXDIR)\contrib\include
NOPCH=1
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makevc.env
OBJECTS = \
$(D)\Accessor.obj \
$(D)\AutoComplete.obj \
$(D)\CallTip.obj \
$(D)\CellBuffer.obj \
$(D)\ContractionState.obj\
$(D)\Document.obj \
$(D)\Editor.obj \
$(D)\Indicator.obj \
$(D)\KeyMap.obj \
$(D)\KeyWords.obj \
$(D)\LineMarker.obj \
$(D)\PropSet.obj \
$(D)\ScintillaBase.obj \
$(D)\Style.obj \
$(D)\ViewStyle.obj \
\
$(D)\PlatWX.obj \
$(D)\ScintillaWX.obj \
$(D)\stc.obj \
LIBTARGET = $(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc$(LIBEXT).lib
all: $(D) $(LIBTARGET)
$(D) :
mkdir $(D)
wx:
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
nmake -f makefile.vc FINAL=$(FINAL)
cd $(THISDIR)
wxclean:
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
nmake -f makefile.vc clean
cd $(THISDIR)
$(LIBTARGET): $(OBJECTS)
-erase $(LIBTARGET)
$(implib) @<<
-out:$(LIBTARGET)
-machine:$(CPU)
$(OBJECTS)
<<
$(PROGRAM).exe: $(D)\$(PROGRAM).obj $(DUMMYOBJ) $(WXLIB) $(LIBTARGET) $(PROGRAM).res
$(link) @<<
-out:$(PROGRAM).exe
$(LINKFLAGS)
$(DUMMYOBJ) $(D)\$(PROGRAM).obj $(LIBTARGET) $(PROGRAM).res
$(LIBS)
<<
$(PROGRAM).res : $(PROGRAM).rc $(WXDIR)\include\wx\msw\wx.rc
$(rc) -r /i$(WXDIR)\include -fo$@ $(PROGRAM).rc
{$(S)}.cxx{$(D)}.obj:
$(cc) @<<
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
<<
{}.cpp{$(D)}.obj:
$(cc) @<<
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
<<
show:
@echo $(CPPFLAGS)
clean:
-erase $(D)\*.obj
-erase *.sbr
-erase *.exe
-erase *.res
-erase *.map
-erase *.pdb
-erase $(LIBTARGET)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
This directory contains copies of the scintilla/src and
scintilla/include directories from the Scintilla/SCiTE source
distribution. All other code needed to implement Scintilla on top of
wxWindows is located in the directory above this one.
The current version of the Scintilla code is somewhere between 1.22
and 1.23, (from their CVS.)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// Accessor.h - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
class Accessor {
protected:
// bufferSize is a trade off between time taken to copy the characters and SendMessage overhead
// slopSize positions the buffer before the desired position in case there is some backtracking
enum {bufferSize=4000, slopSize=bufferSize/8};
char buf[bufferSize+1];
WindowID id;
PropSet &props;
int startPos;
int endPos;
int lenDoc;
int offset; // Optional but including an offset makes GCC generate better code
void Fill(int position);
public:
Accessor(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
id(id_), props(props_), startPos(0x7FFFFFFF), endPos(0),
lenDoc(-1), offset(offset_) {
}
char operator[](int position) {
position += offset;
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
Fill(position);
}
return buf[position - startPos];
}
char SafeGetCharAt(int position, char chDefault=' ') {
// Safe version of operator[], returning a defined value for invalid position
position += offset;
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
Fill(position);
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
// Position is outside range of document
return chDefault;
}
}
return buf[position - startPos];
}
char StyleAt(int position);
int GetLine(int position);
int LineStart(int line);
int LevelAt(int line);
int Length();
void Flush() {
startPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;
lenDoc = -1;
}
int GetLineState(int line);
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
PropSet &GetPropSet() { return props; }
};
class StylingContext : public Accessor {
char styleBuf[bufferSize];
int validLen;
char chFlags;
char chWhile;
unsigned int startSeg;
public:
StylingContext(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
Accessor(id_,props_,offset_), validLen(0), chFlags(0) {}
void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31);
void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_) {chFlags = chFlags_; chWhile = chWhile_; };
void ColourSegment(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, int chAttr);
unsigned int GetStartSegment() { return startSeg; }
void StartSegment(unsigned int pos);
void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr);
int GetLine(int position);
void SetLevel(int line, int level);
void Flush();
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// KeyWords.h - colourise for particular languages
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
void ColouriseDoc(int codePage, int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle,
int language, WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler);

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Platform.h - interface to platform facilities
// Also includes some basic utilities
// Implemented in PlatGTK.cxx for GTK+/Linux, PlatWin.cxx for Windows, and PlatWX.cxx for wxWindows
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef PLATFORM_H
#define PLATFORM_H
// PLAT_GTK = GTK+ on Linux, PLAT_WIN = Win32 API on Win32 OS
// PLAT_WX is wxWindows on any supported platform
// Could also have PLAT_GTKWIN = GTK+ on Win32 OS in future
#define PLAT_GTK 0
#define PLAT_WIN 0
#define PLAT_WX 0
#if defined(__WX__)
#undef PLAT_WX
#define PLAT_WX 1
#elif defined(GTK)
#undef PLAT_GTK
#define PLAT_GTK 1
#else
#undef PLAT_WIN
#define PLAT_WIN 1
#endif
// Include the main header for each platform
#if PLAT_GTK
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
#endif
#if PLAT_WIN
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0400 // Otherwise some required stuff gets ifdef'd out
// Vassili Bourdo: shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings:
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4800 4244 4309)
#endif
#include <windows.h>
#include <richedit.h>
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#include <wx/wx.h>
#endif
// Underlying the implementation of the platform classes are platform specific types.
// Sometimes these need to be passed around by client code so they are defined here
#if PLAT_GTK
typedef GdkColor ColourID;
typedef GdkFont* FontID;
typedef GdkDrawable* SurfaceID;
typedef GtkWidget* WindowID;
typedef GtkItemFactory* MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_WIN
typedef COLORREF ColourID;
typedef HFONT FontID;
typedef HDC SurfaceID;
typedef HWND WindowID;
typedef HMENU MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
typedef wxColour ColourID;
typedef wxFont* FontID;
typedef wxDC* SurfaceID;
typedef wxWindow* WindowID;
typedef wxMenu* MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_GTK || PLAT_WX
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
#endif
// Point is exactly the same as the Win32 POINT and GTK+ GdkPoint so can be used interchangeably
class Point {
public:
int x;
int y;
Point(int x_=0, int y_=0) : x(x_), y(y_) {
}
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
static Point FromLong(long lpoint);
};
// PRectangle is exactly the same as the Win32 RECT so can be used interchangeably
// PRectangles contain their top and left sides, but not their right and bottom sides
class PRectangle {
public:
int left;
int top;
int right;
int bottom;
PRectangle(int left_=0, int top_=0, int right_=0, int bottom_ = 0) :
left(left_), top(top_), right(right_), bottom(bottom_) {
}
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
bool Contains(Point pt) {
return (pt.x >= left) && (pt.x <= right) &&
(pt.y >= top) && (pt.y <= bottom);
}
bool Contains(PRectangle rc) {
return (rc.left >= left) && (rc.right <= right) &&
(rc.top >= top) && (rc.bottom <= bottom);
}
bool Intersects(PRectangle other) {
return (right >= other.left) && (left <= other.right) &&
(bottom >= other.top) && (top <= other.bottom);
}
int Width() { return right - left; }
int Height() { return bottom - top; }
};
#if PLAT_WX
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc);
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc);
#endif
class Colour {
ColourID co;
public:
Colour(long lcol=0);
Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue);
bool operator==(const Colour &other) const;
long AsLong() const;
unsigned int GetRed();
unsigned int GetGreen();
unsigned int GetBlue();
friend class Surface;
friend class Palette;
};
// Colour pairs hold a desired colour and the colour that the graphics engine
// allocates to approximate the desired colour.
// To make palette management more automatic, ColourPairs could register at
// construction time with a palette management object.
struct ColourPair {
Colour desired;
Colour allocated;
ColourPair(Colour desired_=Colour(0,0,0)) {
desired = desired_;
allocated = desired;
}
};
class Window; // Forward declaration for Palette
class Palette {
int used;
enum {numEntries = 100};
ColourPair entries[numEntries];
#if PLAT_GTK
GdkColor *allocatedPalette;
int allocatedLen;
#elif PLAT_WIN
HPALETTE hpal;
#elif PLAT_WX
// wxPalette* pal; // **** Is this needed?
#endif
public:
bool allowRealization;
Palette();
~Palette();
void Release();
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
void WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want);
void Allocate(Window &w);
friend class Surface;
};
class Font {
FontID id;
#if PLAT_WX
int ascent;
#endif
// Private so Font objects can not be copied
Font(const Font &) {}
Font &operator=(const Font &) { id=0; return *this; }
public:
Font();
~Font();
void Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold=false, bool italic=false);
void Release();
FontID GetID() { return id; }
friend class Surface;
};
// A surface abstracts a place to draw
class Surface {
private:
#if PLAT_GTK
GdkDrawable *drawable;
GdkGC *gc;
GdkPixmap *ppixmap;
int x;
int y;
bool inited;
bool createdGC;
#elif PLAT_WIN
HDC hdc;
bool hdcOwned;
HPEN pen;
HPEN penOld;
HBRUSH brush;
HBRUSH brushOld;
HFONT font;
HFONT fontOld;
HBITMAP bitmap;
HBITMAP bitmapOld;
HPALETTE paletteOld;
#elif PLAT_WX
wxDC* hdc;
bool hdcOwned;
wxBitmap* bitmap;
int x;
int y;
#endif
// Private so Surface objects can not be copied
Surface(const Surface &) {}
Surface &operator=(const Surface &) { return *this; }
#if PLAT_WIN || PLAT_WX
void BrushColor(Colour back);
void SetFont(Font &font_);
#endif
public:
Surface();
~Surface();
void Init();
void Init(SurfaceID hdc_);
void InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_);
void Release();
bool Initialised();
void PenColour(Colour fore);
int LogPixelsY();
void MoveTo(int x_, int y_);
void LineTo(int x_, int y_);
void Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore, Colour back);
void RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back);
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern);
void RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource);
void DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
void DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
void MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, int *positions);
int WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len);
int WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch);
int Ascent(Font &font_);
int Descent(Font &font_);
int InternalLeading(Font &font_);
int ExternalLeading(Font &font_);
int Height(Font &font_);
int AverageCharWidth(Font &font_);
int SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround);
void SetClip(PRectangle rc);
};
// Class to hide the details of window manipulation
// Does not own the window which will normally have a longer life than this object
class Window {
friend class ListBox;
protected:
WindowID id;
public:
Window() : id(0) {}
virtual ~Window();
Window &operator=(WindowID id_) {
id = id_;
return *this;
}
WindowID GetID() { return id; }
bool Created() { return id != 0; }
void Destroy();
bool HasFocus();
PRectangle GetPosition();
void SetPosition(PRectangle rc);
void SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window relativeTo);
PRectangle GetClientPosition();
void Show(bool show=true);
void InvalidateAll();
void InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc);
void SetFont(Font &font);
enum Cursor { cursorText, cursorArrow, cursorUp, cursorWait, cursorHoriz, cursorVert, cursorReverseArrow };
void SetCursor(Cursor curs);
void SetTitle(const char *s);
#if PLAT_WIN
LRESULT SendMessage(UINT msg, WPARAM wParam=0, LPARAM lParam=0);
int GetDlgCtrlID();
HINSTANCE GetInstance();
#endif
};
class ListBox : public Window {
#if PLAT_GTK
WindowID list;
WindowID scroller;
int current;
#endif
public:
ListBox();
virtual ~ListBox();
ListBox &operator=(WindowID id_) {
id = id_;
return *this;
}
void Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID);
void Clear();
void Append(char *s);
int Length();
void Select(int n);
int GetSelection();
int Find(const char *prefix);
void GetValue(int n, char *value, int len);
void Sort();
};
class Menu {
MenuID id;
public:
Menu();
MenuID GetID() { return id; }
void CreatePopUp();
void Destroy();
void Show(Point pt, Window &w);
};
// Platform class used to retrieve system wide parameters such as double click speed
// and chrome colour. Not a creatable object, more of a module with several functions.
class Platform {
// Private so Platform objects can not be copied
Platform(const Platform &) {}
Platform &operator=(const Platform &) { return *this; }
public:
// Should be private because no new Platforms are ever created
// but gcc warns about this
Platform() {}
~Platform() {}
static Colour Chrome();
static Colour ChromeHighlight();
static const char *DefaultFont();
static int DefaultFontSize();
static unsigned int DoubleClickTime();
static void DebugDisplay(const char *s);
static bool IsKeyDown(int key);
static long SendScintilla(
WindowID w, unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam=0, long lParam=0);
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
static int Minimum(int a, int b);
static int Maximum(int a, int b);
static void DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...);
static int Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// PropSet.h - a java style properties file module
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef PROPSET_H
#define PROPSET_H
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b);
// Define another string class.
// While it would be 'better' to use std::string, that doubles the executable size.
inline char *StringDup(const char *s) {
if (!s)
return 0;
char *sNew = new char[strlen(s) + 1];
if (sNew)
strcpy(sNew, s);
return sNew;
}
class SString {
char *s;
public:
SString() {
s = 0;
}
SString(const SString &source) {
s = StringDup(source.s);
}
SString(const char *s_) {
s = StringDup(s_);
}
SString(int i) {
char number[100];
sprintf(number, "%0d", i);
//itoa(i, number, 10);
s = StringDup(number);
}
~SString() {
delete []s;
s = 0;
}
SString &operator=(const SString &source) {
if (this != &source) {
delete []s;
s = StringDup(source.s);
}
return *this;
}
bool operator==(const SString &other) const {
if ((s == 0) && (other.s == 0))
return true;
if ((s == 0) || (other.s == 0))
return false;
return strcmp(s, other.s) == 0;
}
bool operator==(const char *sother) const {
if ((s == 0) && (sother == 0))
return true;
if ((s == 0) || (sother == 0))
return false;
return strcmp(s, sother) == 0;
}
const char *c_str() const {
if (s)
return s;
else
return "";
}
int length() const {
if (s)
return strlen(s);
else
return 0;
}
char operator[](int i) {
if (s)
return s[i];
else
return '\0';
}
SString &operator +=(const char *sother) {
int len = length();
int lenOther = strlen(sother);
char *sNew = new char[len + lenOther + 1];
if (sNew) {
if (s)
memcpy(sNew, s, len);
memcpy(sNew + len, sother, lenOther);
sNew[len + lenOther] = '\0';
delete []s;
s = sNew;
}
return *this;
}
int value() {
if (s)
return atoi(s);
else
return 0;
}
};
class PropSet {
private:
char **vals;
int size;
int used;
public:
PropSet *superPS;
PropSet();
~PropSet();
void EnsureCanAddEntry();
void Set(const char *key, const char *val);
void Set(char *keyval);
SString Get(const char *key);
int GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0);
SString GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
SString GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
void Clear();
void ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len);
void Read(const char *filename);
};
// This is a fixed length list of strings suitable for display in combo boxes
// as a memory of user entries
template<int sz>
class EntryMemory {
SString entries[sz];
public:
void Insert(SString s) {
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++) {
if (entries[i] == s) {
for (int j=i;j>0;j--) {
entries[j] = entries[j-1];
}
entries[0] = s;
return;
}
}
for (int k=sz-1;k>0;k--) {
entries[k] = entries[k-1];
}
entries[0] = s;
}
int Length() const {
int len = 0;
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++)
if (entries[i].length())
len++;
return len;
}
SString At(int n) const {
return entries[n];
}
};
class WordList {
public:
// Each word contains at least one character - a empty word acts as sentinal at the end.
char **words;
char *list;
int len;
bool onlyLineEnds; // Delimited by any white space or only line ends
int starts[256];
WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) :
words(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_) {}
~WordList() { Clear(); }
operator bool() { return list; }
const char *operator[](int ind) { return words[ind]; }
void Clear();
void Set(const char *s);
char *Allocate(int size);
void SetFromAllocated();
bool InList(const char *s);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// SciLexer - interface to the added lexer functions in the SciLexer version of the edit control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCILEXER_H
#define SCILEXER_H
// SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla
#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0
#define SCLEX_NULL 1
#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2
#define SCLEX_CPP 3
#define SCLEX_HTML 4
#define SCLEX_XML 5
#define SCLEX_PERL 6
#define SCLEX_SQL 7
#define SCLEX_VB 8
#define SCLEX_PROPERTIES 9
#define SCLEX_ERRORLIST 10
#define SCLEX_MAKEFILE 11
#define SCLEX_BATCH 12
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1
#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2
#define SCE_P_STRING 3
#define SCE_P_CHARACTER 4
#define SCE_P_WORD 5
#define SCE_P_TRIPLE 6
#define SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
#define SCE_P_CLASSNAME 8
#define SCE_P_DEFNAME 9
#define SCE_P_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11
// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_VB
#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1
#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2
#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOC 3
#define SCE_C_NUMBER 4
#define SCE_C_WORD 5
#define SCE_C_STRING 6
#define SCE_C_CHARACTER 7
#define SCE_C_PUNTUATION 8
#define SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11
#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12
// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_xML
#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_H_TAG 1
#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
#define SCE_H_NUMBER 5
#define SCE_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
#define SCE_H_SINGLESTRING 7
#define SCE_H_OTHER 8
#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9
#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10
// Embedded Javascript
#define SCE_HJ_START 11
#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 12
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 13
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTLINE 14
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTDOC 15
#define SCE_HJ_NUMBER 16
#define SCE_HJ_WORD 17
#define SCE_HJ_KEYWORD 18
#define SCE_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 19
#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 20
#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 21
#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 28
// XML and ASP
#define SCE_H_TAGEND 22
#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 23
#define SCE_H_XMLEND 24
#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 25
#define SCE_H_ASP 26
#define SCE_H_ASPAT 27
// Embedded VBScript
#define SCE_HB_START 40
#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 41
#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 42
#define SCE_HB_NUMBER 43
#define SCE_HB_WORD 44
#define SCE_HB_STRING 45
#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 46
#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 47
// Embedded Python
#define SCE_HP_START 50
#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 51
#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 52
#define SCE_HP_NUMBER 53
#define SCE_HP_STRING 54
#define SCE_HP_CHARACTER 55
#define SCE_HP_WORD 56
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLE 57
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 58
#define SCE_HP_CLASSNAME 59
#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 60
#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 61
#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 62
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_PL_HERE 1
#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
#define SCE_PL_POD 3
#define SCE_PL_NUMBER 4
#define SCE_PL_WORD 5
#define SCE_PL_STRING 6
#define SCE_PL_CHARACTER 7
#define SCE_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
#define SCE_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
#define SCE_PL_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
#define SCE_PL_SCALAR 12
#define SCE_PL_ARRAY 13
#define SCE_PL_HASH 14
#define SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
#define SCE_PL_REF 16
#define SCE_PL_REGEX 17
#define SCE_PL_REGSUBST 18
#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20
#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Scintilla.h - interface to the edit control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCINTILLA_H
#define SCINTILLA_H
// Compile-time configuration options
#define MACRO_SUPPORT 1 // Comment out to remove macro hooks
#if PLAT_GTK
#include <gdk/gdk.h>
#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject)
#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAS T (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass)
#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ())
typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject;
typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass;
struct _ScintillaObject
{
GtkFixed vbox;
void *pscin;
};
struct _ScintillaClass
{
GtkFixedClass parent_class;
void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
};
guint scintilla_get_type (void);
GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void);
void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci,int id);
long scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,int iMessage,int wParam,int lParam);
#include "WinDefs.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#include "WinDefs.h"
#endif
// Both GTK and Windows
#define INVALID_POSITION -1
// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all edit (EM_*) messages
// as many EM_ messages can be used.
#define SCI_START 2000
#define SCI_OPTIONAL_START 3000
#define SCI_LEXER_START 4000
#define SCI_ADDTEXT SCI_START + 1
#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 2
#define SCI_INSERTTEXT SCI_START + 3
#define SCI_CLEARALL SCI_START + 4
#define SCI_GETLENGTH SCI_START + 6
#define SCI_GETCHARAT SCI_START + 7
#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS SCI_START + 8
#define SCI_GETANCHOR SCI_START + 9
#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT SCI_START + 10
#define SCI_REDO SCI_START + 11
#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION SCI_START + 12
#define SCI_SELECTALL SCI_START + 13
#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT SCI_START + 14
#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 15
#define SCI_CANREDO SCI_START + 16
#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE SCI_START + 17
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE SCI_START + 18
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_NONE 0
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_AUTOSTART 1
#define SCI_GETVIEWWS SCI_START + 20
#define SCI_SETVIEWWS SCI_START + 21
#define SCI_CHANGEPOSITION SCI_START + 22
#define SCI_GOTOLINE SCI_START + 24
#define SCI_GOTOPOS SCI_START + 25
#define SCI_SETANCHOR SCI_START + 26
#define SCI_GETCURLINE SCI_START + 27
#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED SCI_START + 28
#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS SCI_START + 29
#define SCI_GETEOLMODE SCI_START + 30
#define SCI_SETEOLMODE SCI_START + 31
#define SC_EOL_CRLF 0
#define SC_EOL_CR 1
#define SC_EOL_LF 2
#define SCI_STARTSTYLING SCI_START + 32
#define SCI_SETSTYLING SCI_START + 33
#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW SCI_START + 35
#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH SCI_START + 36
#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE SCI_START + 37
#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE SCI_START + 39
#define MARKER_MAX 31
#define SC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
#define SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
#define SC_MARK_ARROW 2
#define SC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
#define SC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
#define SC_MARK_EMPTY 5
#define SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
#define SC_MARK_MINUS 7
#define SC_MARK_PLUS 8
#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE SCI_START + 40
#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE SCI_START + 41
#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK SCI_START + 42
#define SCI_MARKERADD SCI_START + 43
#define SCI_MARKERDELETE SCI_START + 44
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL SCI_START + 45
#define SCI_MARKERGET SCI_START + 46
#define SCI_MARKERNEXT SCI_START + 47
#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS SCI_START + 48
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS ((1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER) | (1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN))
#define SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
#define SC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 240
#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 241
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 242
#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 243
#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 244
#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 245
#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 246
#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 247
#define STYLE_DEFAULT 32
#define STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
#define STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
#define STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
#define STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
#define STYLE_MAX 63
#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL SCI_START + 50
#define SCI_STYLESETFORE SCI_START + 51
#define SCI_STYLESETBACK SCI_START + 52
#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD SCI_START + 53
#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC SCI_START + 54
#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE SCI_START + 55
#define SCI_STYLESETFONT SCI_START + 56
#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED SCI_START + 57
#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT SCI_START + 58
#define SCI_SETSELFORE SCI_START + 67
#define SCI_SETSELBACK SCI_START + 68
#define SCI_SETCARETFORE SCI_START + 69
#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY SCI_START + 70
#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY SCI_START + 71
#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS SCI_START + 72
#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX SCI_START + 73
#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 75
#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 76
#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS SCI_START + 77
#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION SCI_START + 78
#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION SCI_START + 79
#define INDIC_MAX 7
#define INDIC_PLAIN 0
#define INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
#define INDIC_TT 2
#define INDIC0_MASK 32
#define INDIC1_MASK 64
#define INDIC2_MASK 128
#define INDICS_MASK (INDIC0_MASK | INDIC1_MASK | INDIC2_MASK)
#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE SCI_START + 80
#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE SCI_START + 81
#define SCI_INDICSETFORE SCI_START + 82
#define SCI_INDICGETFORE SCI_START + 83
#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 90
#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 91
#define SCI_SETLINESTATE SCI_START + 92
#define SCI_GETLINESTATE SCI_START + 93
#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE SCI_START + 94
#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW SCI_START + 100
#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL SCI_START + 101
#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE SCI_START + 102
#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART SCI_START + 103
#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE SCI_START + 104
#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS SCI_START + 105
#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW SCI_START + 200
#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL SCI_START + 201
#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE SCI_START + 202
#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART SCI_START + 203
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT SCI_START + 204
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK SCI_START + 205
#define SC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
#define SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
#define SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
#define SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE SCI_START + 220
#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE SCI_START + 221
#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 222
#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 223
#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD SCI_START + 224
#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT SCI_START + 225
#define SCI_SHOWLINES SCI_START + 226
#define SCI_HIDELINES SCI_START + 227
#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE SCI_START + 228
#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 229
#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 230
#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD SCI_START + 231
#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE SCI_START + 232
#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS SCI_START + 233
// Key messages
#define SCI_LINEDOWN SCI_START + 300
#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 301
#define SCI_LINEUP SCI_START + 302
#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 303
#define SCI_CHARLEFT SCI_START + 304
#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 305
#define SCI_CHARRIGHT SCI_START + 306
#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 307
#define SCI_WORDLEFT SCI_START + 308
#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 309
#define SCI_WORDRIGHT SCI_START + 310
#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 311
#define SCI_HOME SCI_START + 312
#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 313
#define SCI_LINEEND SCI_START + 314
#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND SCI_START + 315
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART SCI_START + 316
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND SCI_START + 317
#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND SCI_START + 318
#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND SCI_START + 319
#define SCI_PAGEUP SCI_START + 320
#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 321
#define SCI_PAGEDOWN SCI_START + 322
#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 323
#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE SCI_START + 324
#define SCI_CANCEL SCI_START + 325
#define SCI_DELETEBACK SCI_START + 326
#define SCI_TAB SCI_START + 327
#define SCI_BACKTAB SCI_START + 328
#define SCI_NEWLINE SCI_START + 329
#define SCI_FORMFEED SCI_START + 330
#define SCI_VCHOME SCI_START + 331
#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 332
#define SCI_ZOOMIN SCI_START + 333
#define SCI_ZOOMOUT SCI_START + 334
#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT SCI_START + 335
#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT SCI_START + 336
#define SCI_LINELENGTH SCI_START + 350
#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT SCI_START + 351
#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT SCI_START + 352
#define SCI_BRACEMATCH SCI_START + 353
#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 355
#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 356
#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 357
#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 358
#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK SCI_START + 359
#define EDGE_NONE 0
#define EDGE_LINE 1
#define EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 360
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 361
#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 362
#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 363
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 364
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 365
#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR SCI_START + 366
#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT SCI_START + 367
#define SCI_SEARCHPREV SCI_START + 368
#define CARET_SLOP 0x01 // Show caret within N lines of edge when it's scrolled to view
#define CARET_CENTER 0x02 // Center caret on screen when it's scrolled to view
#define CARET_STRICT 0x04 // OR this with CARET_CENTER to reposition even when visible, or
// OR this with CARET_SLOP to reposition whenever outside slop border
#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY SCI_START + 369
// GTK+ Specific
#define SCI_GRABFOCUS SCI_START + 400
// Optional module for macro recording
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
typedef void (tMacroRecorder)(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
void *userData);
#define SCI_STARTRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 1
#define SCI_STOPRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 2
#endif
#define SCI_SETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 1
#define SCI_GETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 2
#define SCI_COLOURISE SCI_LEXER_START + 3
#define SCI_SETPROPERTY SCI_LEXER_START + 4
#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS SCI_LEXER_START + 5
// Notifications
// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification
// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
#define SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
#define SC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
#define SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
#define SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
#define SC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
#define SC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
#define SC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
#define SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
#define SC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x377
struct SCNotification {
NMHDR nmhdr;
int position; // SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_MODIFIED
int ch; // SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY
int modifiers; // SCN_KEY
int modificationType; // SCN_MODIFIED
const char *text; // SCN_MODIFIED
int length; // SCN_MODIFIED
int linesAdded; // SCN_MODIFIED
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
int message; // SCN_MACRORECORD
int wParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
int lParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
#endif
int line; // SCN_MODIFIED
int foldLevelNow; // SCN_MODIFIED
int foldLevelPrev; // SCN_MODIFIED
int margin; // SCN_MARGINCLICK
};
#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000
#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003
#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004
// GTK+ Specific to work around focus and accelerator problems:
#define SCN_KEY 2005
#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006
#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007
// The old name for SCN_UPDATEUI:
#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007
#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008
// Optional module for macro recording
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009
#endif
#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010
#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
void Scintilla_RegisterClasses(HINSTANCE hInstance);
#endif
// Deprecation section listing all API features that are deprecated and will
// will be removed completely in a future version.
// To enable these features define INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
// Default style settings. These are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
#define SCI_SETFORE SCI_START + 60
#define SCI_SETBACK SCI_START + 61
#define SCI_SETBOLD SCI_START + 62
#define SCI_SETITALIC SCI_START + 63
#define SCI_SETSIZE SCI_START + 64
#define SCI_SETFONT SCI_START + 65
#define SCI_APPENDUNDOSTARTACTION SCI_START + 74
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_MANUALSTART 2
// Deprecated in release 1.22
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTH SCI_START + 34
#define SCI_SETLINENUMBERWIDTH SCI_START + 38
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// WinDefs.h - the subset of definitions from Windows needed by Scintilla for GTK+
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef WINDEFS_H
#define WINDEFS_H
#define WORD short
#define WPARAM unsigned long
#define LPARAM long
#define LRESULT long
#define DWORD long
#define UINT unsigned int
#define LPSTR char *
#define LONG long
/* RTF control */
#define EM_CANPASTE (1074)
#define EM_CANUNDO (198)
#define EM_CHARFROMPOS (215)
#define EM_DISPLAYBAND (1075)
#define EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER (205)
#define EM_EXGETSEL (1076)
#define EM_EXLIMITTEXT (1077)
#define EM_EXLINEFROMCHAR (1078)
#define EM_EXSETSEL (1079)
#define EM_FINDTEXT (1080)
#define EM_FINDTEXTEX (1103)
#define EM_FINDWORDBREAK (1100)
#define EM_FMTLINES (200)
#define EM_FORMATRANGE (1081)
#define EM_GETCHARFORMAT (1082)
#define EM_GETEVENTMASK (1083)
#define EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE (206)
#define EM_GETHANDLE (189)
#define EM_GETLIMITTEXT (213)
#define EM_GETLINE (196)
#define EM_GETLINECOUNT (186)
#define EM_GETMARGINS (212)
#define EM_GETMODIFY (184)
#define EM_GETIMECOLOR (1129)
#define EM_GETIMEOPTIONS (1131)
#define EM_GETOPTIONS (1102)
#define EM_GETOLEINTERFACE (1084)
#define EM_GETPARAFORMAT (1085)
#define EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR (210)
#define EM_GETPUNCTUATION (1125)
#define EM_GETRECT (178)
#define EM_GETSEL (176)
#define EM_GETSELTEXT (1086)
#define EM_GETTEXTRANGE (1099)
#define EM_GETTHUMB (190)
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC (209)
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1104)
#define EM_GETWORDWRAPMODE (1127)
#define EM_HIDESELECTION (1087)
#define EM_LIMITTEXT (197)
#define EM_LINEFROMCHAR (201)
#define EM_LINEINDEX (187)
#define EM_LINELENGTH (193)
#define EM_LINESCROLL (182)
#define EM_PASTESPECIAL (1088)
#define EM_POSFROMCHAR (214)
#define EM_REPLACESEL (194)
#define EM_REQUESTRESIZE (1089)
#define EM_SCROLL (181)
#define EM_SCROLLCARET (183)
#define EM_SELECTIONTYPE (1090)
#define EM_SETBKGNDCOLOR (1091)
#define EM_SETCHARFORMAT (1092)
#define EM_SETEVENTMASK (1093)
#define EM_SETHANDLE (188)
#define EM_SETIMECOLOR (1128)
#define EM_SETIMEOPTIONS (1130)
#define EM_SETLIMITTEXT (197)
#define EM_SETMARGINS (211)
#define EM_SETMODIFY (185)
#define EM_SETOLECALLBACK (1094)
#define EM_SETOPTIONS (1101)
#define EM_SETPARAFORMAT (1095)
#define EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR (204)
#define EM_SETPUNCTUATION (1124)
#define EM_SETREADONLY (207)
#define EM_SETRECT (179)
#define EM_SETRECTNP (180)
#define EM_SETSEL (177)
#define EM_SETTABSTOPS (203)
#define EM_SETTARGETDEVICE (1096)
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC (208)
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1105)
#define EM_SETWORDWRAPMODE (1126)
#define EM_STREAMIN (1097)
#define EM_STREAMOUT (1098)
#define EM_UNDO (199)
#define WM_NULL (0)
#define WM_CLEAR (771)
#define WM_COMMAND (273)
#define WM_COPY (769)
#define WM_CUT (768)
#define WM_GETTEXT (13)
#define WM_GETTEXTLENGTH (14)
#define WM_NOTIFY (78)
#define WM_PASTE (770)
#define WM_SETTEXT (12)
#define WM_UNDO (772)
#define EN_CHANGE (768)
#define EN_KILLFOCUS (512)
#define EN_SETFOCUS (256)
#define EC_LEFTMARGIN 1
#define EC_RIGHTMARGIN 2
#define EC_USEFONTINFO 0xffff
#if PLAT_GTK
#define VK_DOWN GDK_Down
#define VK_UP GDK_Up
#define VK_LEFT GDK_Left
#define VK_RIGHT GDK_Right
#define VK_HOME GDK_Home
#define VK_END GDK_End
#define VK_PRIOR GDK_Page_Up
#define VK_NEXT GDK_Page_Down
#define VK_DELETE GDK_Delete
#define VK_INSERT GDK_Insert
#define VK_ESCAPE GDK_Escape
#define VK_BACK GDK_BackSpace
#define VK_TAB GDK_Tab
#define VK_RETURN GDK_Return
#define VK_ADD GDK_KP_Add
#define VK_SUBTRACT GDK_KP_Subtract
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#define VK_DOWN WXK_DOWN
#define VK_UP WXK_UP
#define VK_LEFT WXK_LEFT
#define VK_RIGHT WXK_RIGHT
#define VK_HOME WXK_HOME
#define VK_END WXK_END
#define VK_PRIOR WXK_PRIOR
#define VK_NEXT WXK_NEXT
#define VK_DELETE WXK_DELETE
#define VK_INSERT WXK_INSERT
#define VK_ESCAPE WXK_ESCAPE
#define VK_BACK WXK_BACK
#define VK_TAB WXK_TAB
#define VK_RETURN WXK_RETURN
#define VK_ADD WXK_ADD
#define VK_SUBTRACT WXK_SUBTRACT
// Are these needed any more
#define LPSTR char *
#define LONG long
#define LPDWORD (long *)
#endif
/* SELCHANGE structure */
#define SEL_EMPTY (0)
#define SEL_TEXT (1)
#define SEL_OBJECT (2)
#define SEL_MULTICHAR (4)
#define SEL_MULTIOBJECT (8)
/* FINDREPLACE structure */
#define FR_MATCHCASE (0x4)
#define FR_WHOLEWORD (0x2)
#define FR_DOWN (0x1)
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
struct RECT {
LONG left;
LONG top;
LONG right;
LONG bottom;
};
struct CHARRANGE {
LONG cpMin;
LONG cpMax;
};
struct TEXTRANGE {
CHARRANGE chrg;
LPSTR lpstrText;
};
struct FINDTEXTEX {
CHARRANGE chrg;
LPSTR lpstrText;
CHARRANGE chrgText;
};
struct NMHDR {
WindowID hwndFrom;
UINT idFrom;
UINT code;
};
struct FORMATRANGE {
SurfaceID hdc;
SurfaceID hdcTarget;
RECT rc;
RECT rcPage;
CHARRANGE chrg;
};
#define MAKELONG(a, b) ((a) | ((b) << 16))
#define LOWORD(x) (x & 0xffff)
#define HIWORD(x) (x >> 16)
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// Accessor.cxx - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
void Accessor::Fill(int position) {
if (lenDoc == -1)
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
startPos = position - slopSize;
if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc)
startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize;
if (startPos < 0)
startPos = 0;
endPos = startPos + bufferSize;
if (endPos > lenDoc)
endPos = lenDoc;
TEXTRANGE tr = {{startPos, endPos}, buf};
Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_GETTEXTRANGE, 0, reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(&tr));
}
char Accessor::StyleAt(int position) {
return static_cast<char>(Platform::SendScintilla(
id, SCI_GETSTYLEAT, position, 0));
}
int Accessor::GetLine(int position) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
}
int Accessor::LineStart(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEINDEX, line, 0);
}
int Accessor::LevelAt(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line, 0);
}
int Accessor::Length() {
if (lenDoc == -1)
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
return lenDoc;
}
int Accessor::GetLineState(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETLINESTATE, line);
}
int Accessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETLINESTATE, line, state);
}
void StylingContext::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_STARTSTYLING, start, chMask);
}
void StylingContext::ColourSegment(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, int chAttr) {
// Only perform styling if non empty range
if (end != start - 1) {
if (end < start) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad colour positions %d - %d\n", start, end);
}
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize)
Flush();
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize) {
// Too big for buffer so send directly
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLING, end - start + 1, chAttr);
} else {
if (chAttr != chWhile)
chFlags = 0;
chAttr |= chFlags;
for (unsigned int i = start; i <= end; i++) {
styleBuf[validLen++] = chAttr;
}
}
}
}
void StylingContext::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) {
startSeg = pos;
}
void StylingContext::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) {
ColourSegment(startSeg, pos, chAttr);
startSeg = pos+1;
}
int StylingContext::GetLine(int position) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
}
void StylingContext::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL, line, level);
}
void StylingContext::Flush() {
if (validLen > 0) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLINGEX, validLen,
reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(styleBuf));
validLen = 0;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// AutoComplete.cxx - defines the auto completion list box
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
AutoComplete::AutoComplete() {
lb = 0;
active = false;
posStart = 0;
strcpy(stopChars, "");
}
AutoComplete::~AutoComplete() {
lb.Destroy();
}
bool AutoComplete::Active() {
return active;
}
void AutoComplete::Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_) {
if (!lb.Created()) {
lb.Create(parent, ctrlID);
}
lb.Clear();
active = true;
startLen = startLen_;
posStart = position;
}
void AutoComplete::SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_) {
strncpy(stopChars, stopChars_, sizeof(stopChars));
stopChars[sizeof(stopChars) - 1] = '\0';
}
bool AutoComplete::IsStopChar(char ch) {
return ch && strchr(stopChars, ch);
}
int AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
int maxStrLen = 12;
lb.Clear();
char *words = new char[strlen(list) + 1];
if (words) {
strcpy(words, list);
char *startword = words;
int i = 0;
for (; words && words[i]; i++) {
if (words[i] == ' ') {
words[i] = '\0';
lb.Append(startword);
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
startword = words + i + 1;
}
}
if (startword) {
lb.Append(startword);
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
}
delete []words;
}
lb.Sort();
return maxStrLen;
}
void AutoComplete::Show() {
lb.Show();
lb.Select(0);
}
void AutoComplete::Cancel() {
if (lb.Created()) {
lb.Destroy();
lb = 0;
active = false;
}
}
void AutoComplete::Move(int delta) {
int count = lb.Length();
int current = lb.GetSelection();
current += delta;
if (current >= count)
current = count - 1;
if (current < 0)
current = 0;
lb.Select(current);
}
void AutoComplete::Select(const char *word) {
int pos = lb.Find(word);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Autocompleting at <%s> %d\n", wordCurrent, pos);
if (pos != -1)
lb.Select(pos);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// AutoComplete.h - defines the auto completion list box
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef AUTOCOMPLETE_H
#define AUTOCOMPLETE_H
class AutoComplete {
bool active;
char stopChars[256];
public:
ListBox lb;
int posStart;
int startLen;
AutoComplete();
~AutoComplete();
// Is the auto completion list displayed?
bool Active();
// Display the auto completion list positioned to be near a character position
void Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_);
// The stop chars are characters which, when typed, cause the auto completion list to disappear
void SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_);
bool IsStopChar(char ch);
// The list string contains a sequence of words separated by spaces
int SetList(const char *list);
void Show();
void Cancel();
// Move the current list element by delta, scrolling appropriately
void Move(int delta);
// Select a list element that starts with word as the current element
void Select(const char *word);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CallTip.cxx - code for displaying call tips
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
CallTip::CallTip() {
wCallTip = 0;
inCallTipMode = false;
posStartCallTip = 0;
val = 0;
startHighlight = 0;
endHighlight = 0;
colourBG.desired = Colour(0xff, 0xff, 0xff);
colourUnSel.desired = Colour(0x80, 0x80, 0x80);
colourSel.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0x80);
colourShade.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
colourLight.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
}
CallTip::~CallTip() {
wCallTip.Destroy();
delete []val;
val = 0;
}
void CallTip::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
pal.WantFind(colourBG, want);
pal.WantFind(colourUnSel, want);
pal.WantFind(colourSel, want);
pal.WantFind(colourShade, want);
pal.WantFind(colourLight, want);
}
void CallTip::PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow) {
if (!val)
return;
PRectangle rcClientPos = wCallTip.GetClientPosition();
PRectangle rcClientSize(0, 0, rcClientPos.right - rcClientPos.left,
rcClientPos.bottom - rcClientPos.top);
PRectangle rcClient(1, 1, rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcClient, colourBG.allocated);
// To make a nice small call tip window, it is only sized to fit most normal characters without accents
int lineHeight = surfaceWindow->Height(font);
int ascent = surfaceWindow->Ascent(font) - surfaceWindow->InternalLeading(font);
// For each line...
// Draw the definition in three parts: before highlight, highlighted, after highlight
int ytext = rcClient.top + ascent + 1;
char *chunkVal = val;
bool moreChunks = true;
while (moreChunks) {
char *chunkEnd = strchr(chunkVal, '\n');
if (chunkEnd == NULL) {
chunkEnd = chunkVal + strlen(chunkVal);
moreChunks = false;
}
int chunkOffset = chunkVal - val;
int chunkLength = chunkEnd - chunkVal;
int chunkEndOffset = chunkOffset + chunkLength;
int thisStartHighlight = Platform::Maximum(startHighlight, chunkOffset);
thisStartHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisStartHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
thisStartHighlight -= chunkOffset;
int thisEndHighlight = Platform::Maximum(endHighlight, chunkOffset);
thisEndHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisEndHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
thisEndHighlight -= chunkOffset;
int x = 5;
int xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal, thisStartHighlight);
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.top = ytext - ascent - 1;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal, thisStartHighlight,
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
x = xEnd;
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisStartHighlight,
thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight);
rcClient.top = ytext;
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal + thisStartHighlight, thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight,
colourSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
x = xEnd;
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisEndHighlight,
chunkLength - thisEndHighlight);
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal + thisEndHighlight, chunkLength - thisEndHighlight,
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
chunkVal = chunkEnd + 1;
ytext += lineHeight;
}
// Draw a raised border around the edges of the window
surfaceWindow->MoveTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourShade.allocated);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, 0);
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourLight.allocated);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, 0);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
}
PRectangle CallTip::CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
const char *faceName, int size) {
Surface surfaceMeasure;
surfaceMeasure.Init();
int deviceHeight = (size * surfaceMeasure.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
font.Create(faceName, deviceHeight);
if (val)
delete []val;
val = new char[strlen(defn) + 1];
if (!val)
return PRectangle();
strcpy(val, defn);
startHighlight = 0;
endHighlight = 0;
inCallTipMode = true;
posStartCallTip = pos;
// Look for multiple lines in the text
// Only support \n here - simply means container must avoid \r!
int width = 0;
int numLines = 1;
const char *newline;
const char *look = val;
while ((newline = strchr(look, '\n')) != NULL) {
int thisWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, newline - look);
width = Platform::Maximum(width, thisWidth);
look = newline + 1;
numLines++;
}
int lastWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, strlen(look));
width = Platform::Maximum(width, lastWidth) + 10;
int lineHeight = surfaceMeasure.Height(font);
// Extra line for border and an empty line at top and bottom
int height = lineHeight * numLines - surfaceMeasure.InternalLeading(font) + 2 + 2;
return PRectangle(pt.x -5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1, pt.x + width - 5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1 + height);
}
void CallTip::CallTipCancel() {
inCallTipMode = false;
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
wCallTip.Destroy();
}
}
void CallTip::SetHighlight(int start, int end) {
// Avoid flashing by checking something has really changed
if ((start != startHighlight) || (end != endHighlight)) {
startHighlight = start;
endHighlight = end;
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
wCallTip.InvalidateAll();
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CallTip.h - interface to the call tip control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CALLTIP_H
#define CALLTIP_H
const char callClassName[] = "CallTip";
class CallTip {
int startHighlight;
int endHighlight;
char *val;
Font font;
public:
Window wCallTip;
Window wDraw;
bool inCallTipMode;
int posStartCallTip;
ColourPair colourBG;
ColourPair colourUnSel;
ColourPair colourSel;
ColourPair colourShade;
ColourPair colourLight;
CallTip();
~CallTip();
// Claim or accept palette entries for the colours required to paint a calltip
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow);
// Setup the calltip and return a rectangle of the area required
PRectangle CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
const char *faceName, int size);
void CallTipCancel();
// Set a range of characters to be displayed in a highlight style.
// Commonly used to highlight the current parameter.
void SetHighlight(int start, int end);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CellBuffer.cxx - manages a buffer of cells
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
MarkerHandleSet::MarkerHandleSet() {
root = 0;
}
MarkerHandleSet::~MarkerHandleSet() {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhnToFree = mhn;
mhn = mhn->next;
delete mhnToFree;
}
root = 0;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::Length() {
int c = 0;
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
c++;
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return c;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::NumberFromHandle(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
return mhn->number;
}
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return - 1;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::MarkValue() {
unsigned int m = 0;
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
m |= (1 << mhn->number);
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return m;
}
bool MarkerHandleSet::Contains(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
return true;
}
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return false;
}
bool MarkerHandleSet::InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = new MarkerHandleNumber;
if (!mhn)
return false;
mhn->handle = handle;
mhn->number = markerNum;
mhn->next = root;
root = mhn;
return true;
}
void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveHandle(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn;
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
*pmhn = mhn->next;
delete mhn;
return;
}
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
}
void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveNumber(int markerNum) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn;
if (mhn->number == markerNum) {
*pmhn = mhn->next;
delete mhn;
return;
}
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
}
void MarkerHandleSet::CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
*pmhn = other->root;
other->root = 0;
}
LineVector::LineVector() {
linesData = 0;
lines = 0;
levels = 0;
Init();
}
LineVector::~LineVector() {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
delete []linesData;
linesData = 0;
delete []levels;
levels = 0;
}
void LineVector::Init() {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
delete []linesData;
linesData = new LineData[static_cast<int>(growSize)];
size = growSize;
lines = 1;
delete []levels;
levels = 0;
sizeLevels = 0;
}
void LineVector::Expand(int sizeNew) {
LineData *linesDataNew = new LineData[sizeNew];
if (linesDataNew) {
for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
linesDataNew[i] = linesData[i];
// Do not delete handleSets here as they are transferred to new linesData
delete []linesData;
linesData = linesDataNew;
size = sizeNew;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void LineVector::ExpandLevels(int sizeNew) {
if (sizeNew == -1)
sizeNew = size;
int *levelsNew = new int[sizeNew];
if (levelsNew) {
int i = 0;
for (; i < sizeLevels; i++)
levelsNew[i] = levels[i];
for (; i < sizeNew; i++)
levelsNew[i] = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
delete []levels;
levels = levelsNew;
sizeLevels = sizeNew;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void LineVector::InsertValue(int pos, int value) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("InsertValue[%d] = %d\n", pos, value);
if ((lines + 2) >= size) {
Expand(size + growSize);
if (levels) {
ExpandLevels(size + growSize);
}
}
lines++;
for (int i = lines + 1; i > pos; i--) {
linesData[i] = linesData[i - 1];
}
linesData[pos].startPosition = value;
linesData[pos].handleSet = 0;
}
void LineVector::SetValue(int pos, int value) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("SetValue[%d] = %d\n", pos, value);
if ((pos + 2) >= size) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Resize %d %d\n", size,pos);
Expand(pos + growSize);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("end Resize %d %d\n", size,pos);
lines = pos;
if (levels) {
ExpandLevels(pos + growSize);
}
}
linesData[pos].startPosition = value;
}
void LineVector::Remove(int pos) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Remove %d\n", pos);
// Retain the markers from the deleted line by oring them into the previous line
if (pos > 0) {
MergeMarkers(pos - 1);
}
for (int i = pos; i < lines; i++) {
linesData[i] = linesData[i + 1];
}
lines--;
}
int LineVector::LineFromPosition(int pos) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPostion %d lines=%d end = %d\n", pos, lines, linesData[lines].startPosition);
if (lines == 0)
return 0;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPosition %d\n", pos);
if (pos >= linesData[lines].startPosition)
return lines - 1;
int lower = 0;
int upper = lines;
int middle = 0;
do {
middle = (upper + lower + 1) / 2; // Round high
if (pos < linesData[middle].startPosition) {
upper = middle - 1;
} else {
lower = middle;
}
} while (lower < upper);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPostion %d %d %d\n", pos, lower, linesData[lower].startPosition, linesData[lower > 1 ? lower - 1 : 0].startPosition);
return lower;
}
int LineVector::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
handleCurrent++;
if (!linesData[line].handleSet) {
// Need new structure to hold marker handle
linesData[line].handleSet = new MarkerHandleSet;
if (!linesData[line].handleSet)
return - 1;
}
linesData[line].handleSet->InsertHandle(handleCurrent, markerNum);
return handleCurrent;
}
void LineVector::MergeMarkers(int pos) {
if (linesData[pos].handleSet || linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
if (linesData[pos].handleSet && linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
linesData[pos].handleSet->CombineWith(linesData[pos].handleSet);
linesData[pos].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
void LineVector::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet) {
if (markerNum == -1) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
} else {
linesData[line].handleSet->RemoveNumber(markerNum);
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Length() == 0) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
}
void LineVector::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
int line = LineFromHandle(markerHandle);
if (line >= 0) {
linesData[line].handleSet->RemoveHandle(markerHandle);
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Length() == 0) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
int LineVector::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Contains(markerHandle)) {
return line;
}
}
}
return - 1;
}
Action::Action() {
at = startAction;
position = 0;
data = 0;
lenData = 0;
}
Action::~Action() {
Destroy();
}
void Action::Create(actionType at_, int position_, char *data_, int lenData_) {
delete []data;
position = position_;
at = at_;
data = data_;
lenData = lenData_;
}
void Action::Destroy() {
delete []data;
data = 0;
}
void Action::Grab(Action *source) {
delete []data;
position = source->position;
at = source->at;
data = source->data;
lenData = source->lenData;
// Ownership of source data transferred to this
source->position = 0;
source->at = startAction;
source->data = 0;
source->lenData = 0;
}
CellBuffer::CellBuffer(int initialLength) {
body = new char[initialLength];
size = initialLength;
length = 0;
part1len = 0;
gaplen = initialLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
readOnly = false;
lenActions = 100;
actions = new Action[lenActions];
maxAction = 0;
currentAction = 0;
collectingUndo = undoCollectAutoStart;
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
savePoint = 0;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
}
CellBuffer::~CellBuffer() {
delete []body;
body = 0;
delete []actions;
actions = 0;
}
void CellBuffer::GapTo(int position) {
if (position == part1len)
return;
if (position < part1len) {
int diff = part1len - position;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Move gap backwards to %d diff = %d part1len=%d length=%d \n", position,diff, part1len, length);
for (int i = 0; i < diff; i++)
body[part1len + gaplen - i - 1] = body[part1len - i - 1];
} else { // position > part1len
int diff = position - part1len;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Move gap forwards to %d diff =%d\n", position,diff);
for (int i = 0; i < diff; i++)
body[part1len + i] = body[part1len + gaplen + i];
}
part1len = position;
part2body = body + gaplen;
}
void CellBuffer::RoomFor(int insertionLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("need room %d %d\n", gaplen, insertionLength);
if (gaplen <= insertionLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("need room %d %d\n", gaplen, insertionLength);
GapTo(length);
int newSize = size + insertionLength + 4000;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("moved gap %d\n", newSize);
char *newBody = new char[newSize];
memcpy(newBody, body, size);
delete []body;
body = newBody;
gaplen += newSize - size;
part2body = body + gaplen;
size = newSize;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("end need room %d %d - size=%d length=%d\n", gaplen, insertionLength,size,length);
}
}
// To make it easier to write code that uses ByteAt, a position outside the range of the buffer
// can be retrieved. All characters outside the range have the value '\0'.
char CellBuffer::ByteAt(int position) {
if (position < part1len) {
if (position < 0) {
return '\0';
} else {
return body[position];
}
} else {
if (position >= length) {
return '\0';
} else {
return part2body[position];
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::SetByteAt(int position, char ch) {
if (position < 0) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d\n",position);
return;
}
if (position >= length + 11) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Very Bad position %d of %d\n", position, length);
//exit(2);
return;
}
if (position >= length) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d of %d\n",position,length);
return;
}
if (position < part1len) {
body[position] = ch;
} else {
part2body[position] = ch;
}
}
char CellBuffer::CharAt(int position) {
return ByteAt(position*2);
}
void CellBuffer::GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
if (lengthRetrieve < 0)
return;
if (position < 0)
return;
int bytePos = position * 2;
if ((bytePos + lengthRetrieve * 2) > length) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad GetCharRange %d for %d of %d\n",bytePos,
lengthRetrieve, length);
return;
}
GapTo(0); // Move the buffer so its easy to subscript into it
char *pb = part2body + bytePos;
while (lengthRetrieve--) {
*buffer++ = *pb;
pb +=2;
}
}
char CellBuffer::StyleAt(int position) {
return ByteAt(position*2 + 1);
}
const char *CellBuffer::InsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
char *data = 0;
// InsertString and DeleteChars are the bottleneck though which all changes occur
if (!readOnly) {
if (collectingUndo) {
// Save into the undo/redo stack, but only the characters - not the formatting
// This takes up about half load time
data = new char[insertLength / 2];
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength / 2; i++) {
data[i] = s[i * 2];
}
AppendAction(insertAction, position, data, insertLength / 2);
}
BasicInsertString(position, s, insertLength);
}
return data;
}
void CellBuffer::InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style) {
char s[2];
s[0] = ch;
s[1] = style;
InsertString(position*2, s, 2);
}
bool CellBuffer::SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask) {
char curVal = ByteAt(position*2 + 1);
if ((curVal & mask) != style) {
SetByteAt(position*2 + 1, (curVal & ~mask) | style);
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool CellBuffer::SetStyleFor(int position, int lengthStyle, char style, char mask) {
int bytePos = position * 2 + 1;
bool changed = false;
while (lengthStyle--) {
char curVal = ByteAt(bytePos);
if ((curVal & mask) != style) {
SetByteAt(bytePos, (curVal & ~mask) | style);
changed = true;
}
bytePos += 2;
}
return changed;
}
void CellBuffer::EnsureUndoRoom() {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, length, currentAction);
if (currentAction >= 2) {
// Have to test that there is room for 2 more actions in the array
// as two actions may be created by this function
if (currentAction >= (lenActions - 2)) {
// Run out of undo nodes so extend the array
int lenActionsNew = lenActions * 2;
Action *actionsNew = new Action[lenActionsNew];
if (!actionsNew)
return;
for (int act = 0; act <= currentAction; act++)
actionsNew[act].Grab(&actions[act]);
delete []actions;
lenActions = lenActionsNew;
actions = actionsNew;
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int lengthData) {
EnsureUndoRoom();
//Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, lengthData, currentAction);
if (currentAction >= 2) {
// See if current action can be coalesced into previous action
// Will work if both are inserts or deletes and position is same or two different
if ((at != actions[currentAction - 1].at) || (abs(position - actions[currentAction - 1].position) > 2)) {
currentAction++;
} else if (currentAction == savePoint) {
currentAction++;
}
} else {
currentAction++;
}
actions[currentAction].Create(at, position, data, lengthData);
if ((collectingUndo == undoCollectAutoStart) && (0 == undoSequenceDepth)) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
}
maxAction = currentAction;
}
const char *CellBuffer::DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
// InsertString and DeleteChars are the bottleneck though which all changes occur
char *data = 0;
if (!readOnly) {
if (collectingUndo) {
// Save into the undo/redo stack, but only the characters - not the formatting
data = new char[deleteLength / 2];
for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength / 2; i++) {
data[i] = ByteAt(position + i * 2);
}
AppendAction(removeAction, position, data, deleteLength / 2);
}
BasicDeleteChars(position, deleteLength);
}
return data;
}
int CellBuffer::ByteLength() {
return length;
}
int CellBuffer::Length() {
return ByteLength() / 2;
}
int CellBuffer::Lines() {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Lines = %d\n", lv.lines);
return lv.lines;
}
int CellBuffer::LineStart(int line) {
if (line < 0)
return 0;
else if (line > lv.lines)
return length;
else
return lv.linesData[line].startPosition;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsReadOnly() {
return readOnly;
}
void CellBuffer::SetReadOnly(bool set) {
readOnly = set;
}
void CellBuffer::SetSavePoint() {
savePoint = currentAction;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsSavePoint() {
return savePoint == currentAction;
}
int CellBuffer::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
return lv.AddMark(line, markerNum);
}
return - 1;
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
lv.DeleteMark(line, markerNum);
}
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
lv.DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle);
}
int CellBuffer::GetMark(int line) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines) && (lv.linesData[line].handleSet))
return lv.linesData[line].handleSet->MarkValue();
return 0;
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) {
for (int line = 0; line < lv.lines; line++) {
lv.DeleteMark(line, markerNum);
}
}
int CellBuffer::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
return lv.LineFromHandle(markerHandle);
}
// Without undo
void CellBuffer::BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting at %d for %d\n", position, insertLength);
if (insertLength == 0)
return;
RoomFor(insertLength);
GapTo(position);
memcpy(body + part1len, s, insertLength);
length += insertLength;
part1len += insertLength;
gaplen -= insertLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
int lineInsert = lv.LineFromPosition(position / 2) + 1;
// Point all the lines after the insertion point further along in the buffer
for (int lineAfter = lineInsert; lineAfter <= lv.lines; lineAfter++) {
lv.linesData[lineAfter].startPosition += insertLength / 2;
}
char chPrev = ' ';
if ((position - 2) >= 0)
chPrev = ByteAt(position - 2);
char chAfter = ' ';
if ((position + insertLength) < length)
chAfter = ByteAt(position + insertLength);
if (chPrev == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Splitting a crlf pair at %d\n", lineInsert);
// Splitting up a crlf pair at position
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, position / 2);
lineInsert++;
}
char ch = ' ';
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i += 2) {
ch = s[i];
if (ch == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting cr at %d\n", lineInsert);
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
lineInsert++;
} else if (ch == '\n') {
if (chPrev == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Patching cr before lf at %d\n", lineInsert-1);
// Patch up what was end of line
lv.SetValue(lineInsert - 1, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
} else {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting lf at %d\n", lineInsert);
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
lineInsert++;
}
}
chPrev = ch;
}
// Joining two lines where last insertion is cr and following text starts with lf
if (chAfter == '\n') {
if (ch == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Joining cr before lf at %d\n", lineInsert-1);
// End of line already in buffer so drop the newly created one
lv.Remove(lineInsert - 1);
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting at %d for %d\n", position, deleteLength);
if (deleteLength == 0)
return;
if ((position == 0) && (deleteLength == length)) {
// If whole buffer is being deleted, faster to reinitialise lines data
// than to delete each line.
//printf("Whole buffer being deleted\n");
lv.Init();
} else {
// Have to fix up line positions before doing deletion as looking at text in buffer
// to work out which lines have been removed
int lineRemove = lv.LineFromPosition(position / 2) + 1;
// Point all the lines after the insertion point further along in the buffer
for (int lineAfter = lineRemove; lineAfter <= lv.lines; lineAfter++) {
lv.linesData[lineAfter].startPosition -= deleteLength / 2;
}
char chPrev = ' ';
if (position >= 2)
chPrev = ByteAt(position - 2);
char chBefore = chPrev;
char chNext = ' ';
if (position < length)
chNext = ByteAt(position);
bool ignoreNL = false;
if (chPrev == '\r' && chNext == '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting lf after cr, move line end to cr at %d\n", lineRemove);
// Move back one
lv.SetValue(lineRemove, position / 2);
lineRemove++;
ignoreNL = true; // First \n is not real deletion
}
char ch = chNext;
for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength; i += 2) {
chNext = ' ';
if ((position + i + 2) < length)
chNext = ByteAt(position + i + 2);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting %d %x\n", i, ch);
if (ch == '\r') {
if (chNext != '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Removing cr end of line\n");
lv.Remove(lineRemove);
}
} else if ((ch == '\n') && !ignoreNL) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Removing lf end of line\n");
lv.Remove(lineRemove);
ignoreNL = false; // Further \n are not real deletions
}
ch = chNext;
}
// May have to fix up end if last deletion causes cr to be next to lf
// or removes one of a crlf pair
char chAfter = ' ';
if ((position + deleteLength) < length)
chAfter = ByteAt(position + deleteLength);
if (chBefore == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') {
//d.printf("Joining cr before lf at %d\n", lineRemove);
// Using lineRemove-1 as cr ended line before start of deletion
lv.Remove(lineRemove - 1);
lv.SetValue(lineRemove - 1, position / 2 + 1);
}
}
GapTo(position);
length -= deleteLength;
gaplen += deleteLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
}
undoCollectionType CellBuffer::SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
collectingUndo = collectUndo;
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
return collectingUndo;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsCollectingUndo() {
return collectingUndo;
}
void CellBuffer::AppendUndoStartAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
// Finish any currently active undo sequence
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
undoSequenceDepth++;
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
void CellBuffer::BeginUndoAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
if (undoSequenceDepth == 0) {
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
undoSequenceDepth++;
}
void CellBuffer::EndUndoAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
undoSequenceDepth--;
if (0 == undoSequenceDepth) {
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteUndoHistory() {
for (int i = 1; i < maxAction; i++)
actions[i].Destroy();
maxAction = 0;
currentAction = 0;
savePoint = 0;
}
bool CellBuffer::CanUndo() {
return (!readOnly) && ((currentAction > 0) && (maxAction > 0));
}
int CellBuffer::StartUndo() {
// Drop any trailing startAction
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction > 0)
currentAction--;
// Count the steps in this action
int act = currentAction;
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act > 0) {
act--;
}
return currentAction - act;
}
const Action &CellBuffer::UndoStep() {
const Action &actionStep = actions[currentAction];
if (actionStep.at == insertAction) {
BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData*2);
} else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) {
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
}
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
delete []styledData;
}
currentAction--;
return actionStep;
}
bool CellBuffer::CanRedo() {
return (!readOnly) && (maxAction > currentAction);
}
int CellBuffer::StartRedo() {
// Drop any leading startAction
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction < maxAction)
currentAction++;
// Count the steps in this action
int act = currentAction;
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act < maxAction) {
act++;
}
return act - currentAction;
}
const Action &CellBuffer::RedoStep() {
const Action &actionStep = actions[currentAction];
if (actionStep.at == insertAction) {
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
}
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
delete []styledData;
} else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) {
BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData*2);
}
currentAction++;
return actionStep;
}
int CellBuffer::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
int stateOld = lineStates[line];
lineStates[line] = state;
return stateOld;
}
int CellBuffer::GetLineState(int line) {
return lineStates[line];
}
int CellBuffer::GetMaxLineState() {
return lineStates.Length();
}
int CellBuffer::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
int prev = 0;
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
if (!lv.levels) {
lv.ExpandLevels();
}
prev = lv.levels[line];
if (lv.levels[line] != level) {
lv.levels[line] = level;
}
}
return prev;
}
int CellBuffer::GetLevel(int line) {
if (lv.levels && (line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
return lv.levels[line];
} else {
return SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CellBuffer.h - manages the text of the document
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CELLBUFFER_H
#define CELLBUFFER_H
// This holds the marker identifier and the marker type to display.
// MarkerHandleNumbers are members of lists.
struct MarkerHandleNumber {
int handle;
int number;
MarkerHandleNumber *next;
};
// A marker handle set contains any number of MarkerHandleNumbers
class MarkerHandleSet {
MarkerHandleNumber *root;
public:
MarkerHandleSet();
~MarkerHandleSet();
int Length();
int NumberFromHandle(int handle);
int MarkValue(); // Bit set of marker numbers
bool Contains(int handle);
bool InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum);
void RemoveHandle(int handle);
void RemoveNumber(int markerNum);
void CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other);
};
// Each line stores the starting position of the first character of the line in the cell buffer
// and potentially a marker handle set. Often a line will not have any attached markers.
struct LineData {
int startPosition;
MarkerHandleSet *handleSet;
LineData() : startPosition(0), handleSet(0) {
}
};
// The line vector contains information about each of the lines in a cell buffer.
class LineVector {
public:
enum { growSize = 4000 };
int lines;
LineData *linesData;
int size;
int *levels;
int sizeLevels;
// Handles are allocated sequentially and should never have to be reused as 32 bit ints are very big.
int handleCurrent;
LineVector();
~LineVector();
void Init();
void Expand(int sizeNew);
void ExpandLevels(int sizeNew=-1);
void InsertValue(int pos, int value);
void SetValue(int pos, int value);
void Remove(int pos);
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
int AddMark(int line, int marker);
void MergeMarkers(int pos);
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
};
// Actions are used to store all the information required to perform one undo/redo step.
enum actionType { insertAction, removeAction, startAction };
class Action {
public:
actionType at;
int position;
char *data;
int lenData;
Action();
~Action();
void Create(actionType at_, int position_=0, char *data_=0, int lenData_=0);
void Destroy();
void Grab(Action *source);
};
enum undoCollectionType { undoCollectNone, undoCollectAutoStart, undoCollectManualStart };
// Holder for an expandable array of characters that supports undo and line markers
// Based on article "Data Structures in a Bit-Mapped Text Editor"
// by Wilfred J. Hansen, Byte January 1987, page 183
class CellBuffer {
private:
char *body;
int size;
int length;
int part1len;
int gaplen;
char *part2body;
bool readOnly;
Action *actions;
int lenActions;
int maxAction;
int currentAction;
undoCollectionType collectingUndo;
int undoSequenceDepth;
int savePoint;
LineVector lv;
SVector<int, 4000> lineStates;
void GapTo(int position);
void RoomFor(int insertionLength);
void EnsureUndoRoom();
void AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int length);
inline char ByteAt(int position);
void SetByteAt(int position, char ch);
public:
CellBuffer(int initialLength = 4000);
~CellBuffer();
// Retrieving positions outside the range of the buffer works and returns 0
char CharAt(int position);
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve);
char StyleAt(int position);
int ByteLength();
int Length();
int Lines();
int LineStart(int line);
int LineFromPosition(int pos) { return lv.LineFromPosition(pos); }
const char *InsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
void InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style);
// Setting styles for positions outside the range of the buffer is safe and has no effect.
// True is returned if the style of a character changed.
bool SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask=(char)0xff);
bool SetStyleFor(int position, int length, char style, char mask);
const char *DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
bool IsReadOnly();
void SetReadOnly(bool set);
// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that
// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point.
void SetSavePoint();
bool IsSavePoint();
// Line marker functions
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
int GetMark(int line);
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum);
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
// Without undo
void BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
void BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo);
bool IsCollectingUndo();
void AppendUndoStartAction();
void BeginUndoAction();
void EndUndoAction();
void DeleteUndoHistory();
// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retreive the number of steps, then UndoStep is
// called that many times. Similarly for redo.
bool CanUndo();
int StartUndo();
const Action &UndoStep();
bool CanRedo();
int StartRedo();
const Action &RedoStep();
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
int GetLineState(int line);
int GetMaxLineState();
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
int GetLevel(int line);
};
#define CELL_SIZE 2
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ContractionState.cxx - manages visibility of lines for folding
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "ContractionState.h"
OneLine::OneLine() {
displayLine = 0;
docLine = 0;
visible = true;
expanded = true;
}
ContractionState::ContractionState() {
lines = 0;
size = 0;
linesInDoc = 1;
linesInDisplay = 1;
valid = false;
}
ContractionState::~ContractionState() {
Clear();
}
void ContractionState::MakeValid() const {
if (!valid) {
// Could be cleverer by keeping the index of the last still valid entry
// rather than invalidating all.
int linePrev = -1;
int lineDisplay = 0;
for (int line=0; line<linesInDoc; line++) {
lines[line].displayLine = lineDisplay;
if (lines[line].visible) {
lines[lineDisplay].docLine = line;
lineDisplay++;
}
}
valid = true;
}
}
void ContractionState::Clear() {
delete []lines;
lines = 0;
size = 0;
linesInDoc = 1;
linesInDisplay = 1;
}
int ContractionState::LinesInDoc() const {
return linesInDoc;
}
int ContractionState::LinesDisplayed() const {
return linesInDisplay;
}
int ContractionState::DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0) {
return lineDoc;
}
MakeValid();
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].displayLine;
}
return -1;
}
int ContractionState::DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const {
if (lineDisplay <= 0)
return 0;
if (lineDisplay >= linesInDisplay)
return linesInDoc-1;
if (size == 0)
return lineDisplay;
MakeValid();
return lines[lineDisplay].docLine;
}
void ContractionState::Grow(int sizeNew) {
OneLine *linesNew = new OneLine[sizeNew];
if (linesNew) {
int i = 0;
for (; i < size; i++) {
linesNew[i] = lines[i];
}
for (; i < sizeNew; i++) {
linesNew[i].displayLine = i;
}
delete []lines;
lines = linesNew;
size = sizeNew;
valid = false;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void ContractionState::InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
if (size == 0) {
linesInDoc += lineCount;
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
return;
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("InsertLine[%d] = %d\n", lineDoc);
if ((linesInDoc + 2) >= size) {
Grow(size + growSize);
}
linesInDoc += lineCount;
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
for (int i = linesInDoc + 1; i >= lineDoc + lineCount; i--) {
lines[i].visible = lines[i - lineCount].visible;
lines[i].expanded = lines[i - lineCount].expanded;
}
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++) {
lines[lineDoc+d].visible = true; // Should inherit visibility from context ?
lines[lineDoc+d].expanded = true;
}
valid = false;
}
void ContractionState::DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
if (size == 0) {
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
linesInDisplay -= lineCount;
return;
}
int delta = 0;
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++)
if (lines[lineDoc+d].visible)
delta--;
for (int i = lineDoc; i < linesInDoc-lineCount; i++) {
lines[i].visible = lines[i + lineCount].visible;
lines[i].expanded = lines[i + lineCount].expanded;
}
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
linesInDisplay += delta;
valid = false;
}
bool ContractionState::GetVisible(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0)
return true;
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].visible;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool ContractionState::SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible) {
if (size == 0) {
Grow(lineDocEnd + growSize);
}
// TODO: modify docLine members to mirror displayLine
int delta = 0;
// Change lineDocs
if ((lineDocStart <= lineDocEnd) && (lineDocStart >= 0) && (lineDocEnd < linesInDoc)) {
for (int line=lineDocStart; line <= lineDocEnd; line++) {
if (lines[line].visible != visible) {
delta += visible ? 1 : -1;
lines[line].visible = visible;
}
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
}
if (delta != 0) {
for (int line=lineDocEnd+1; line <= linesInDoc; line++) {
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
}
}
}
linesInDisplay += delta;
valid = false;
return delta != 0;
}
bool ContractionState::GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0)
return true;
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].expanded;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool ContractionState::SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded) {
if (size == 0) {
Grow(lineDoc + growSize);
}
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
if (lines[lineDoc].expanded != expanded) {
lines[lineDoc].expanded = expanded;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ContractionState.h - manages visibility of lines for folding
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
#define CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
class OneLine {
public:
int displayLine; // position within set of visible lines
int docLine; // inverse of displayLine
bool visible;
bool expanded;
OneLine();
virtual ~OneLine() {}
};
class ContractionState {
void Grow(int sizeNew);
enum { growSize = 4000 };
int linesInDoc;
int linesInDisplay;
mutable OneLine *lines;
int size;
mutable bool valid;
void MakeValid() const;
public:
ContractionState();
virtual ~ContractionState();
void Clear();
int LinesInDoc() const;
int LinesDisplayed() const;
int DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const;
int DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const;
void InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
void DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
bool GetVisible(int lineDoc) const;
bool SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible);
bool GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const;
bool SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Document.cxx - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "Document.h"
Document::Document() {
refCount = 0;
#ifdef unix
eolMode = SC_EOL_LF;
#else
eolMode = SC_EOL_CRLF;
#endif
dbcsCodePage = 0;
stylingBits = 5;
stylingBitsMask = 0x1F;
stylingPos = 0;
stylingMask = 0;
for (int ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
}
endStyled = 0;
enteredCount = 0;
tabInChars = 8;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
}
Document::~Document() {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyDeleted(this, watchers[i].userData);
}
delete []watchers;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
}
// Increase reference count and return its previous value.
int Document::AddRef() {
return refCount++;
}
// Decrease reference count and return its provius value.
// Delete the document if reference count reaches zero.
int Document::Release() {
int curRefCount = --refCount;
if (curRefCount == 0)
delete this;
return curRefCount;
}
void Document::SetSavePoint() {
cb.SetSavePoint();
NotifySavePoint(true);
}
int Document::LineStart(int line) {
return cb.LineStart(line);
}
int Document::LineFromPosition(int pos) {
return cb.LineFromPosition(pos);
}
int Document::LineEndPosition(int position) {
int line = LineFromPosition(position);
if (line == LinesTotal() - 1) {
position = LineStart(line + 1);
} else {
position = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
// When line terminator is CR+LF, may need to go back one more
if ((position > LineStart(line)) && (cb.CharAt(position - 1) == '\r')) {
position--;
}
}
return position;
}
int Document::VCHomePosition(int position) {
int line = LineFromPosition(position);
int startPosition = LineStart(line);
int endLine = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
int startText = startPosition;
while (startText < endLine && (cb.CharAt(startText) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(startText) == '\t' ) )
startText++;
if (position == startText)
return startPosition;
else
return startText;
}
int Document::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
int prev = cb.SetLevel(line, level);
if (prev != level) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0);
mh.line = line;
mh.foldLevelNow = level;
mh.foldLevelPrev = prev;
NotifyModified(mh);
}
return prev;
}
static bool IsSubordinate(int levelStart, int levelTry) {
if (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)
return true;
else
return (levelStart & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK);
}
int Document::GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level) {
if (level == -1)
level = GetLevel(lineParent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
int maxLine = LinesTotal();
int lineMaxSubord = lineParent;
while ((lineMaxSubord < maxLine-1) && IsSubordinate(level, GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1))) {
lineMaxSubord++;
}
if (lineMaxSubord > lineParent) {
if (level > (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) {
// Have chewed up some whitespace that belongs to a parent so seek back
if ((lineMaxSubord > lineParent) && (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord) & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
lineMaxSubord--;
}
}
}
return lineMaxSubord;
}
int Document::GetFoldParent(int line) {
int level = GetLevel(line);
int lineLook = line-1;
while ((lineLook > 0) && (
(!(GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) ||
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) >= level))
) {
lineLook--;
}
if ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) &&
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < level)) {
return lineLook;
} else {
return -1;
}
}
int Document::ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos) {
return Platform::Clamp(pos, 0, Length());
}
bool Document::IsCrLf(int pos) {
if (pos < 0)
return false;
if (pos >= (Length() - 1))
return false;
return (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') && (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n');
}
bool Document::IsDBCS(int pos) {
#if PLAT_WIN
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
int startLine = pos;
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
startLine--;
while (startLine <= pos) {
if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine))) {
startLine++;
if (startLine >= pos)
return true;
}
startLine++;
}
}
return false;
#else
return false;
#endif
}
// Normalise a position so that it is not halfway through a two byte character.
// This can occur in two situations -
// When lines are terminated with \r\n pairs which should be treated as one character.
// When displaying DBCS text such as Japanese.
// If moving, move the position in the indicated direction.
int Document::MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("NoCRLF %d %d\n", pos, moveDir);
// If out of range, just return value - should be fixed up after
if (pos < 0)
return pos;
if (pos > Length())
return pos;
// Position 0 and Length() can not be between any two characters
if (pos == 0)
return pos;
if (pos == Length())
return pos;
// assert pos > 0 && pos < Length()
if (checkLineEnd && IsCrLf(pos - 1)) {
if (moveDir > 0)
return pos + 1;
else
return pos - 1;
}
// Not between CR and LF
#if PLAT_WIN
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
int startLine = pos;
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
startLine--;
bool atLeadByte = false;
while (startLine < pos) {
if (atLeadByte)
atLeadByte = false;
else if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine)))
atLeadByte = true;
else
atLeadByte = false;
startLine++;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("DBCS %s\n", atlead ? "D" : "-");
}
if (atLeadByte) {
// Position is between a lead byte and a trail byte
if (moveDir > 0)
return pos + 1;
else
return pos - 1;
}
}
#endif
return pos;
}
void Document::ModifiedAt(int pos) {
if (endStyled > pos)
endStyled = pos;
}
// Document only modified by gateways DeleteChars, InsertStyledString, Undo, Redo, and SetStyleAt.
// SetStyleAt does not change the persistent state of a document
// Unlike Undo, Redo, and InsertStyledString, the pos argument is a cell number not a char number
void Document::DeleteChars(int pos, int len) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
NotifyModifyAttempt();
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
const char *text = cb.DeleteChars(pos*2, len * 2);
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
ModifiedAt(pos);
int modFlags = SC_MOD_DELETETEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
DocModification mh(modFlags, pos, len, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
void Document::InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
NotifyModifyAttempt();
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
const char *text = cb.InsertString(position, s, insertLength);
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
ModifiedAt(position / 2);
int modFlags = SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
DocModification mh(modFlags, position / 2, insertLength / 2, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
int Document::Undo() {
int newPos = 0;
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
int steps = cb.StartUndo();
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
const Action &action = cb.UndoStep();
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
newPos = cellPosition;
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_UNDO;
// With undo, an insertion action becomes a deletion notification
if (action.at == removeAction) {
newPos += action.lenData;
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
} else {
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
}
if (step == steps-1)
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
}
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
enteredCount--;
}
return newPos;
}
int Document::Redo() {
int newPos = 0;
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
int steps = cb.StartRedo();
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
const Action &action = cb.RedoStep();
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
newPos = cellPosition;
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_REDO;
if (action.at == insertAction) {
newPos += action.lenData;
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
} else {
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
}
if (step == steps-1)
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
}
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
enteredCount--;
}
return newPos;
}
void Document::InsertChar(int pos, char ch) {
char chs[2];
chs[0] = ch;
chs[1] = 0;
InsertStyledString(pos*2, chs, 2);
}
// Insert a null terminated string
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s) {
InsertString(position, s, strlen(s));
}
// Insert a string with a length
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength) {
char *sWithStyle = new char[insertLength * 2];
if (sWithStyle) {
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i++) {
sWithStyle[i*2] = s[i];
sWithStyle[i*2 + 1] = 0;
}
InsertStyledString(position*2, sWithStyle, insertLength*2);
delete []sWithStyle;
}
}
void Document::DelChar(int pos) {
if (IsCrLf(pos)) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
} else if (IsDBCS(pos)) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
} else if (pos < Length()) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
}
}
int Document::DelCharBack(int pos) {
if (pos <= 0) {
return pos;
} else if (IsCrLf(pos - 2)) {
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
return pos - 2;
} else if (IsDBCS(pos - 1)) {
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
return pos - 2;
} else {
DeleteChars(pos - 1, 1);
return pos - 1;
}
}
void Document::Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop) {
if (forwards) {
// Indent by a tab
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
InsertChar(LineStart(line), '\t');
}
} else {
// Dedent - suck white space off the front of the line to dedent by equivalent of a tab
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
int ispc = 0;
while (ispc < tabInChars && cb.CharAt(LineStart(line) + ispc) == ' ')
ispc++;
int posStartLine = LineStart(line);
if (ispc == tabInChars) {
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
} else if (cb.CharAt(posStartLine + ispc) == '\t') {
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc + 1);
} else { // Hit a non-white
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
}
}
}
}
void Document::ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet) {
BeginUndoAction();
for (int pos = 0; pos < Length(); pos++) {
if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') {
if (cb.CharAt(pos+1) == '\n') {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CRLF) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CR)
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
else
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
} else {
pos++;
}
} else {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CR) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
pos++;
} else {
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
}
}
}
} else if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\n') {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_LF) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
pos++;
} else {
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
}
}
}
}
EndUndoAction();
}
bool Document::IsWordChar(unsigned char ch) {
return wordchars[ch];
}
int Document::ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta) {
if (delta < 0) {
while (pos > 0 && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
pos--;
} else {
while (pos < (Length()) && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos)))
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
int Document::NextWordStart(int pos, int delta) {
if (delta < 0) {
while (pos > 0 && (cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == '\t'))
pos--;
if (isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))) { // Back up to previous line
while (pos > 0 && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
pos--;
} else {
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1));
while (pos > 0 && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))))
pos--;
}
} else {
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos));
while (pos < (Length()) && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)))
pos++;
while (pos < (Length()) && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos))))
pos++;
while (pos < (Length()) && (cb.CharAt(pos) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos) == '\t'))
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
bool Document::IsWordAt(int start, int end) {
int lengthDoc = Length();
if (start > 0) {
char ch = CharAt(start - 1);
if (IsWordChar(ch))
return false;
}
if (end < lengthDoc - 1) {
char ch = CharAt(end);
if (IsWordChar(ch))
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Find text in document, supporting both forward and backward
// searches (just pass minPos > maxPos to do a backward search)
// Has not been tested with backwards DBCS searches yet.
long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word) {
bool forward = minPos <= maxPos;
int increment = forward ? 1 : -1;
// Range endpoints should not be inside DBCS characters, but just in case, move them.
int startPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(minPos, increment, false);
int endPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(maxPos, increment, false);
// Compute actual search ranges needed
int lengthFind = strlen(s);
int endSearch = 0;
if (startPos <= endPos) {
endSearch = endPos - lengthFind + 1;
} else {
endSearch = endPos;
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Find %d %d %s %d\n", startPos, endPos, ft->lpstrText, lengthFind);
char firstChar = s[0];
if (!caseSensitive)
firstChar = toupper(firstChar);
int pos = startPos;
while (forward ? (pos < endSearch) : (pos >= endSearch)) {
char ch = CharAt(pos);
if (caseSensitive) {
if (ch == firstChar) {
bool found = true;
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
if (ch != s[posMatch])
found = false;
}
if (found) {
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
return pos;
}
}
} else {
if (toupper(ch) == firstChar) {
bool found = true;
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
if (toupper(ch) != toupper(s[posMatch]))
found = false;
}
if (found) {
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
return pos;
}
}
}
pos += increment;
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Ensure trying to match from start of character
pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, increment, false);
}
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Not found\n");
return - 1;
}
int Document::LinesTotal() {
return cb.Lines();
}
void Document::SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars) {
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = false;
}
if (chars) {
while (*chars) {
wordchars[*chars] = true;
chars++;
}
} else {
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
}
}
}
void Document::SetStylingBits(int bits) {
stylingBits = bits;
stylingBitsMask = 0;
for (int bit=0; bit<stylingBits; bit++) {
stylingBitsMask <<= 1;
stylingBitsMask |= 1;
}
}
void Document::StartStyling(int position, char mask) {
stylingPos = position;
stylingMask = mask;
}
void Document::SetStyleFor(int length, char style) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
if (cb.SetStyleFor(stylingPos, length, style, stylingMask)) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
prevEndStyled, length);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
stylingPos += length;
endStyled = stylingPos;
enteredCount--;
}
}
void Document::SetStyles(int length, char *styles) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
bool didChange = false;
for (int iPos = 0; iPos < length; iPos++, stylingPos++) {
if (cb.SetStyleAt(stylingPos, styles[iPos], stylingMask)) {
didChange = true;
}
}
endStyled = stylingPos;
if (didChange) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
prevEndStyled, endStyled - prevEndStyled);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
bool Document::AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
(watchers[i].userData == userData))
return false;
}
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers + 1];
if (!pwNew)
return false;
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers; j++)
pwNew[j] = watchers[j];
pwNew[lenWatchers].watcher = watcher;
pwNew[lenWatchers].userData = userData;
delete []watchers;
watchers = pwNew;
lenWatchers++;
return true;
}
bool Document::RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
(watchers[i].userData == userData)) {
if (lenWatchers == 1) {
delete []watchers;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
} else {
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers];
if (!pwNew)
return false;
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers - 1; j++) {
pwNew[j] = (j < i) ? watchers[j] : watchers[j + 1];
}
delete []watchers;
watchers = pwNew;
lenWatchers--;
}
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
void Document::NotifyModifyAttempt() {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModifyAttempt(this, watchers[i].userData);
}
}
void Document::NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifySavePoint(this, watchers[i].userData, atSavePoint);
}
}
void Document::NotifyModified(DocModification mh) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModified(this, mh, watchers[i].userData);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Document.h - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef DOCUMENT_H
#define DOCUMENT_H
// A Position is a position within a document between two characters or at the beginning or end.
// Sometimes used as a character index where it identifies the character after the position.
typedef int Position;
const Position invalidPosition = -1;
// The range class represents a range of text in a document.
// The two values are not sorted as one end may be more significant than the other
// as is the case for the selection where the end position is the position of the caret.
// If either position is invalidPosition then the range is invalid and most operations will fail.
class Range {
public:
Position start;
Position end;
Range(Position pos=0) :
start(pos), end(pos) {
};
Range(Position start_, Position end_) :
start(start_), end(end_) {
};
bool Valid() const {
return (start != invalidPosition) && (end != invalidPosition);
}
bool Contains(Position pos) const {
if (start < end) {
return (pos >= start && pos <= end);
} else {
return (pos <= start && pos >= end);
}
}
bool Contains(Range other) const {
return Contains(other.start) && Contains(other.end);
}
bool Overlaps(Range other) const {
return
Contains(other.start) ||
Contains(other.end) ||
other.Contains(start) ||
other.Contains(end);
}
};
class DocWatcher;
class DocModification;
class Document {
public:
// Used to pair watcher pointer with user data
class WatcherWithUserData {
public:
DocWatcher *watcher;
void *userData;
WatcherWithUserData() {
watcher = 0;
userData = 0;
}
};
private:
int refCount;
CellBuffer cb;
bool wordchars[256];
int stylingPos;
int stylingMask;
int endStyled;
int enteredCount;
WatcherWithUserData *watchers;
int lenWatchers;
public:
int stylingBits;
int stylingBitsMask;
int eolMode;
int dbcsCodePage;
int tabInChars;
Document();
virtual ~Document();
int AddRef();
int Release();
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
int ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos);
bool IsCrLf(int pos);
int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true);
// Gateways to modifying document
void DeleteChars(int pos, int len);
void InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
int Undo();
int Redo();
bool CanUndo() { return cb.CanUndo(); }
bool CanRedo() { return cb.CanRedo(); }
void DeleteUndoHistory() { cb.DeleteUndoHistory(); }
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
return cb.SetUndoCollection(collectUndo);
}
void AppendUndoStartAction() { cb.AppendUndoStartAction(); }
void BeginUndoAction() { cb.BeginUndoAction(); }
void EndUndoAction() { cb.EndUndoAction(); }
void SetSavePoint();
bool IsSavePoint() { return cb.IsSavePoint(); }
void Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop);
void ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet);
void SetReadOnly(bool set) { cb.SetReadOnly(set); }
void InsertChar(int pos, char ch);
void InsertString(int position, const char *s);
void InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength);
void DelChar(int pos);
int DelCharBack(int pos);
char CharAt(int position) { return cb.CharAt(position); }
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
cb.GetCharRange(buffer, position, lengthRetrieve);
}
char StyleAt(int position) { return cb.StyleAt(position); }
int GetMark(int line) { return cb.GetMark(line); }
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum) { return cb.AddMark(line, markerNum); }
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) { cb.DeleteMark(line, markerNum); }
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) { cb.DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle); }
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) { cb.DeleteAllMarks(markerNum); }
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) { return cb.LineFromHandle(markerHandle); }
int LineStart(int line);
int LineEndPosition(int position);
int VCHomePosition(int position);
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
int GetLevel(int line) { return cb.GetLevel(line); }
int GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level=-1);
int GetFoldParent(int line);
void Indent(bool forwards);
int ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta);
int NextWordStart(int pos, int delta);
int Length() { return cb.Length(); }
long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word);
long FindText(WORD iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
int LinesTotal();
void SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars);
void SetStylingBits(int bits);
void StartStyling(int position, char mask);
void SetStyleFor(int length, char style);
void SetStyles(int length, char *styles);
int GetEndStyled() { return endStyled; }
int SetLineState(int line, int state) { return cb.SetLineState(line, state); }
int GetLineState(int line) { return cb.GetLineState(line); }
int GetMaxLineState() { return cb.GetMaxLineState(); }
bool AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
bool RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
const WatcherWithUserData *GetWatchers() const { return watchers; }
int GetLenWatchers() const { return lenWatchers; }
private:
bool IsDBCS(int pos);
bool IsWordChar(unsigned char ch);
bool IsWordAt(int start, int end);
void ModifiedAt(int pos);
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
void NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint);
void NotifyModified(DocModification mh);
};
// To optimise processing of document modifications by DocWatchers, a hint is passed indicating the
// scope of the change.
// If the DocWatcher is a document view then this can be used to optimise screen updating.
class DocModification {
public:
int modificationType;
int position;
int length;
int linesAdded; // Negative if lines deleted
const char *text; // Only valid for changes to text, not for changes to style
int line;
int foldLevelNow;
int foldLevelPrev;
DocModification(int modificationType_, int position_=0, int length_=0,
int linesAdded_=0, const char *text_=0) :
modificationType(modificationType_),
position(position_),
length(length_),
linesAdded(linesAdded_),
text(text_),
line(0),
foldLevelNow(0),
foldLevelPrev(0) {}
};
// A class that wants to receive notifications from a Document must be derived from DocWatcher
// and implement the notification methods. It can then be added to the watcher list with AddWatcher.
class DocWatcher {
public:
virtual ~DocWatcher() {}
virtual void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
virtual void NotifySavePoint(Document *doc, void *userData, bool atSavePoint) = 0;
virtual void NotifyModified(Document *doc, DocModification mh, void *userData) = 0;
virtual void NotifyDeleted(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Editor.h - defines the main editor class
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef EDITOR_H
#define EDITOR_H
class Caret {
public:
bool active;
bool on;
int period;
Caret();
};
class Timer {
public:
bool ticking;
int ticksToWait;
enum {tickSize = 100};
int tickerID;
Timer();
};
class LineLayout {
public:
// Drawing is only performed for maxLineLength characters on each line.
enum {maxLineLength = 4000};
int numCharsInLine;
char chars[maxLineLength];
char styles[maxLineLength];
char indicators[maxLineLength];
int positions[maxLineLength];
};
class Editor : public DocWatcher {
protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
// On GTK+, Scintilla is a container widget holding two scroll bars and a drawing area
// whereas on Windows there is just one window with both scroll bars turned on.
// Therefore, on GTK+ the following are separate windows but only one window on Windows.
Window wMain; // The Scintilla parent window
Window wDraw; // The text drawing area
// Style resources may be expensive to allocate so are cached between uses.
// When a style attribute is changed, this cache is flushed.
bool stylesValid;
ViewStyle vs;
Palette palette;
bool hideSelection;
bool inOverstrike;
// In bufferedDraw mode, graphics operations are drawn to a pixmap and then copied to
// the screen. This avoids flashing but is about 30% slower.
bool bufferedDraw;
int xOffset; // Horizontal scrolled amount in pixels
int xCaretMargin; // Ensure this many pixels visible on both sides of caret
Surface pixmapLine;
Surface pixmapSelMargin;
Surface pixmapSelPattern;
// Intellimouse support - currently only implemented for Windows
unsigned int ucWheelScrollLines;
short cWheelDelta; //wheel delta from roll
KeyMap kmap;
Caret caret;
Timer timer;
Point lastClick;
unsigned int lastClickTime;
enum { selChar, selWord, selLine } selectionType;
Point ptMouseLast;
bool firstExpose;
bool inDragDrop;
bool dropWentOutside;
int posDrag;
int posDrop;
int lastXChosen;
int lineAnchor;
int originalAnchorPos;
int currentPos;
int anchor;
int topLine;
int posTopLine;
bool needUpdateUI;
Position braces[2];
int bracesMatchStyle;
int edgeState;
int theEdge;
enum { notPainting, painting, paintAbandoned } paintState;
PRectangle rcPaint;
bool paintingAllText;
int modEventMask;
char *dragChars;
int lenDrag;
bool dragIsRectangle;
enum { selStream, selRectangle, selRectangleFixed } selType;
int xStartSelect;
int xEndSelect;
int caretPolicy;
int caretSlop;
int searchAnchor;
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
int recordingMacro;
#endif
int foldFlags;
ContractionState cs;
Document *pdoc;
Editor();
virtual ~Editor();
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
virtual void Finalise();
void InvalidateStyleData();
void InvalidateStyleRedraw();
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void RefreshStyleData();
void DropGraphics();
PRectangle GetClientRectangle();
PRectangle GetTextRectangle();
int LinesOnScreen();
int LinesToScroll();
int MaxScrollPos();
Point LocationFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
int XFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
int PositionFromLocation(Point pt);
int PositionFromLineX(int line, int x);
int LineFromLocation(Point pt);
void SetTopLine(int topLineNew);
void RedrawRect(PRectangle rc);
void Redraw();
void RedrawSelMargin();
PRectangle RectangleFromRange(int start, int end);
void InvalidateRange(int start, int end);
int CurrentPosition();
bool SelectionEmpty();
int SelectionStart(int line=-1);
int SelectionEnd(int line=-1);
void SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_);
void SetSelection(int currentPos_);
void SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_);
int MovePositionTo(int newPos, bool extend = false);
int MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir);
void SetLastXChosen();
void ScrollTo(int line);
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
void HorizontalScrollTo(int xPos);
void EnsureCaretVisible(bool useMargin=true);
void ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
void DropCaret();
void InvalidateCaret();
void PaintSelMargin(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
void LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout &ll);
void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart,
PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout &ll);
void Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea);
long FormatRange(bool draw, FORMATRANGE *pfr);
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos() = 0;
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos() = 0;
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) = 0;
void SetScrollBarsTo(PRectangle rsClient);
void SetScrollBars();
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
void ClearSelection();
void ClearAll();
void Cut();
void PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len);
virtual void Copy() = 0;
virtual void Paste() = 0;
void Clear();
void SelectAll();
void Undo();
void Redo();
void DelChar();
void DelCharBack();
virtual void ClaimSelection() = 0;
virtual void NotifyChange() = 0;
virtual void NotifyFocus(bool focus);
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) = 0;
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
void NotifyChar(char ch);
void NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint);
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
virtual void NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift);
void NotifyUpdateUI();
bool NotifyMarginClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void NotifyNeedShown(int pos, int len);
void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *document, void *userData);
void NotifySavePoint(Document *document, void *userData, bool atSavePoint);
void NotifyModified(Document *document, DocModification mh, void *userData);
void NotifyDeleted(Document *document, void *userData);
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
void NotifyMacroRecord(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif
void PageMove(int direction, bool extend=false);
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
virtual int KeyDefault(int /* key */, int /*modifiers*/);
int KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
bool GetWhitespaceVisible();
void SetWhitespaceVisible(bool view);
void Indent(bool forwards);
long FindText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
void SearchAnchor();
long SearchText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
void GoToLine(int lineNo);
char *CopyRange(int start, int end);
int SelectionRangeLength();
char *CopySelectionRange();
void CopySelectionIntoDrag();
void SetDragPosition(int newPos);
virtual void StartDrag();
void DropAt(int position, const char *value, bool moving, bool rectangular);
// PositionInSelection returns 0 if position in selection, -1 if position before selection, and 1 if after.
// Before means either before any line of selection or before selection on its line, with a similar meaning to after
int PositionInSelection(int pos);
bool PointInSelection(Point pt);
bool PointInSelMargin(Point pt);
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void ButtonMove(Point pt);
void ButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
void Tick();
virtual void SetTicking(bool on) = 0;
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on) = 0;
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture() = 0;
void CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range r);
int BraceMatch(int position, int maxReStyle);
void SetBraceHighlight(Position pos0, Position pos1, int matchStyle);
void SetDocPointer(Document *document);
void Expand(int &line, bool doExpand);
void ToggleContraction(int line);
void EnsureLineVisible(int line);
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) = 0;
public:
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
// Public so scintilla_set_id can use it
int ctrlID;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Indicator.cxx - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
void Indicator::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
surface->PenColour(fore.allocated);
int ymid = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
if (style == INDIC_SQUIGGLE) {
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, rc.top);
int x = rc.left + 2;
int y = 2;
while (x < rc.right) {
surface->LineTo(x, rc.top + y);
x += 2;
y = 2 - y;
}
surface->LineTo(rc.right, rc.top + y); // Finish the line
} else if (style == INDIC_TT) {
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
int x = rc.left + 5;
while (x < rc.right) {
surface->LineTo(x, ymid);
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
x++;
surface->MoveTo(x, ymid);
x += 5;
}
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid); // Finish the line
if (x - 3 <= rc.right) {
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
}
} else { // Either INDIC_PLAIN or unknown
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Indicator.h - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef INDICATOR_H
#define INDICATOR_H
class Indicator {
public:
int style;
ColourPair fore;
Indicator() : style(INDIC_PLAIN), fore(Colour(0,0,0)) {
}
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// KeyMap.cxx - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
KeyMap::KeyMap() : kmap(0), len(0), alloc(0) {
for (int i = 0; MapDefault[i].key; i++) {
AssignCmdKey(MapDefault[i].key,
MapDefault[i].modifiers,
MapDefault[i].msg);
}
}
KeyMap::~KeyMap() {
Clear();
}
void KeyMap::Clear() {
delete []kmap;
kmap = 0;
len = 0;
alloc = 0;
}
void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg) {
if ((len+1) >= alloc) {
KeyToCommand *ktcNew = new KeyToCommand[alloc + 5];
if (!ktcNew)
return;
for (int k=0;k<len;k++)
ktcNew[k] = kmap[k];
alloc += 5;
delete []kmap;
kmap = ktcNew;
}
for (int keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < len; keyIndex++) {
if ((key == kmap[keyIndex].key) && (modifiers == kmap[keyIndex].modifiers)) {
kmap[keyIndex].msg = msg;
return;
}
}
kmap[len].key = key;
kmap[len].modifiers = modifiers;
kmap[len].msg = msg;
len++;
}
UINT KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
for (int i=0; i < len; i++) {
if ((key == kmap[i].key) && (modifiers == kmap[i].modifiers)) {
return kmap[i].msg;
}
}
return 0;
}
KeyToCommand KeyMap::MapDefault[] = {
VK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN,
VK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND,
VK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP,
VK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND,
VK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT,
VK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND,
VK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT,
VK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND,
VK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME,
VK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND,
VK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART,
VK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND,
VK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND,
VK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND,
VK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND,
VK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND,
VK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP,
VK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND,
VK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN,
VK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND,
VK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, WM_CLEAR,
VK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, WM_CUT,
VK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT,
VK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE,
VK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, WM_PASTE,
VK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
VK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL,
VK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK,
VK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT,
'Z', SCI_CTRL, WM_UNDO,
'Y', SCI_CTRL, SCI_REDO,
'X', SCI_CTRL, WM_CUT,
'C', SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
'V', SCI_CTRL, WM_PASTE,
'A', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTALL,
VK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB,
VK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB,
VK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE,
'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_FORMFEED,
VK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN,
VK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT,
0,0,0,
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// KeyMap.h - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef KEYTOCOMMAND_H
#define KEYTOCOMMAND_H
#define SCI_NORM 0
#define SCI_SHIFT SHIFT_PRESSED
#define SCI_CTRL LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
#define SCI_ALT LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
#define SCI_CSHIFT (SCI_CTRL | SCI_SHIFT)
class KeyToCommand {
public:
int key;
int modifiers;
UINT msg;
};
class KeyMap {
KeyToCommand *kmap;
int len;
int alloc;
static KeyToCommand MapDefault[];
public:
KeyMap();
~KeyMap();
void Clear();
void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg);
UINT Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// LineMarker.cxx - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
void LineMarker::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
int minDim = Platform::Minimum(rc.Width(), rc.Height());
minDim--; // Ensure does not go beyond edge
int centreX = (rc.right + rc.left) / 2;
int centreY = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
int dimOn2 = minDim / 2;
int dimOn4 = minDim / 4;
if (rc.Width() > (rc.Height() * 2)) {
// Wide column is line number so move to left to try to avoid overlapping number
centreX = rc.left + dimOn2 + 1;
}
if (markType == SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT) {
PRectangle rcRounded = rc;
rcRounded.left = rc.left + 1;
rcRounded.right = rc.right - 1;
surface->RoundedRectangle(rcRounded, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLE) {
PRectangle rcCircle;
rcCircle.left = centreX - dimOn2;
rcCircle.top = centreY - dimOn2;
rcCircle.right = centreX + dimOn2;
rcCircle.bottom = centreY + dimOn2;
surface->Ellipse(rcCircle, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROW) {
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn2),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn2),
Point(centreX + dimOn2 - dimOn4, centreY),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN) {
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2 - dimOn4),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_PLUS) {
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
Point xpts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
};
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + 1),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + 1),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_MINUS) {
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
};
Point xpts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_SMALLRECT) {
PRectangle rcSmall;
rcSmall.left = rc.left + 1;
rcSmall.top = rc.top + 2;
rcSmall.right = rc.right - 1;
rcSmall.bottom = rc.bottom - 2;
surface->RectangleDraw(rcSmall, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_EMPTY) {
// An invisible marker so don't draw anything
} else { // SC_MARK_SHORTARROW
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn2),
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// LineMarker.h - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef LINEMARKER_H
#define LINEMARKER_H
class LineMarker {
public:
int markType;
ColourPair fore;
ColourPair back;
LineMarker() {
markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE;
fore = Colour(0,0,0);
back = Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff);
}
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// PropSet.cxx - a java style properties file module
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
// Maintain a dictionary of properties
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) {
#if PLAT_GTK
return 0 == strcasecmp(a, b);
#elif PLAT_WIN
return 0 == stricmp(a, b);
#elif PLAT_WX
return 0 == wxStricmp(a, b);
#endif
}
// Get a line of input. If end of line escaped with '\\' then continue reading.
static bool GetFullLine(const char *&fpc, int &lenData, char *s, int len) {
bool continuation = true;
while ((len > 1) && lenData > 0) {
char ch = *fpc;
fpc++;
lenData--;
if ((ch == '\r') || (ch == '\n')) {
if (!continuation) {
if ((lenData > 0) && (ch == '\r') && ((*fpc) == '\n')) {
// munch the second half of a crlf
fpc++;
lenData--;
}
*s++ = '\0';
return true;
}
} else if ((ch == '\\') && (lenData > 0) && ((*fpc == '\r') || (*fpc == '\n'))) {
continuation = true;
} else {
continuation = false;
*s++ = ch;
len--;
}
}
return false;
}
PropSet::PropSet() {
superPS = 0;
size = 10;
used = 0;
vals = new char * [size];
}
PropSet::~PropSet() {
superPS = 0;
Clear();
delete []vals;
}
void PropSet::EnsureCanAddEntry() {
if (used >= size - 2) {
int newsize = size + 10;
char **newvals = new char * [newsize];
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
newvals[i] = vals[i];
}
delete []vals;
vals = newvals;
size = newsize;
}
}
void PropSet::Set(const char *key, const char *val) {
EnsureCanAddEntry();
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
// Replace current value
delete [](vals[i + 1]);
vals[i + 1] = StringDup(val);
return;
}
}
// Not found
vals[used++] = StringDup(key);
vals[used++] = StringDup(val);
}
void PropSet::Set(char *keyval) {
char *eqat = strchr(keyval, '=');
if (eqat) {
*eqat = '\0';
Set(keyval, eqat + 1);
*eqat = '=';
}
}
SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
return vals[i + 1];
}
}
if (superPS) {
// Failed here, so try in base property set
return superPS->Get(key);
} else {
return "";
}
}
int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) {
SString val = Get(key);
if (val.length())
return Get(key).value();
else
return defaultValue;
}
bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) {
while (*target && *prefix) {
if (toupper(*target) != toupper(*prefix))
return false;
target++;
prefix++;
}
if (*prefix)
return false;
else
return true;
}
bool issuffix(const char *target, const char *suffix) {
int lentarget = strlen(target);
int lensuffix = strlen(suffix);
if (lensuffix > lentarget)
return false;
for (int i = lensuffix - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (toupper(target[i + lentarget - lensuffix]) != toupper(suffix[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
SString PropSet::GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (isprefix(vals[i], keybase)) {
char *orgkeyfile = vals[i] + strlen(keybase);
char *keyfile = NULL;
if (strstr(orgkeyfile, "$(") == orgkeyfile) {
char *cpendvar = strchr(orgkeyfile, ')');
if (cpendvar) {
int lenvar = cpendvar - orgkeyfile - 2; // Subtract the $()
char *var = static_cast<char *>(malloc(lenvar + 1));
strncpy(var, orgkeyfile + 2, lenvar);
var[lenvar] = '\0';
SString s = Get(var);
free(var);
keyfile = strdup(s.c_str());
}
}
char *keyptr = keyfile;
if (keyfile == NULL)
keyfile = orgkeyfile;
for (; ; ) {
char *del = strchr(keyfile, ';');
if (del == NULL)
del = keyfile + strlen(keyfile);
char delchr = *del;
*del = '\0';
if (*keyfile == '*') {
if (issuffix(filename, keyfile + 1)) {
*del = delchr;
free(keyptr);
return vals[i + 1];
}
} else if (EqualCaseInsensitive(keyfile, filename)) {
*del = delchr;
free(keyptr);
return vals[i + 1];
}
if (delchr == '\0')
break;
*del = delchr;
keyfile = del + 1;
}
free(keyptr);
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], keybase)) {
return vals[i + 1];
}
}
}
if (superPS) {
// Failed here, so try in base property set
return superPS->GetWild(keybase, filename);
} else {
return "";
}
}
SString PropSet::GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
char *base = StringDup(GetWild(keybase, filename).c_str());
char *cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
while (cpvar) {
char *cpendvar = strchr(cpvar, ')');
if (cpendvar) {
int lenvar = cpendvar - cpvar - 2; // Subtract the $()
char *var = new char[lenvar + 1];
strncpy(var, cpvar + 2, lenvar);
var[lenvar] = '\0';
SString val = GetWild(var, filename);
int newlenbase = strlen(base) + val.length() - lenvar;
char *newbase = new char[newlenbase];
strncpy(newbase, base, cpvar - base);
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base), val.c_str());
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base) + val.length(), cpendvar + 1);
delete []var;
delete []base;
base = newbase;
}
cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
}
SString sret = base;
delete []base;
return sret;
}
void PropSet::Clear() {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
delete [](vals[i]);
vals[i] = 0;
}
used = 0;
}
void PropSet::ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len) {
if (len > 0) {
const char *pd = data;
char linebuf[60000];
while (GetFullLine(pd, len, linebuf, sizeof(linebuf))) {
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
Set(linebuf);
}
}
}
void PropSet::Read(const char *filename) {
//printf("Opening properties <%s>\n", filename);
Clear();
char propsData[60000];
FILE *rcfile = fopen(filename, "rb");
if (rcfile) {
int lenFile = fread(propsData, 1, sizeof(propsData), rcfile);
fclose(rcfile);
ReadFromMemory(propsData, lenFile);
} else {
//printf("Could not open <%s>\n", filename);
}
}
static bool iswordsep(char ch, bool onlyLineEnds) {
if (!isspace(ch))
return false;
if (!onlyLineEnds)
return true;
return ch == '\r' || ch == '\n';
}
// Creates an array that points into each word in the string and puts \0 terminators
// after each word.
static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, bool onlyLineEnds = false) {
char prev = '\n';
int words = 0;
for (int j = 0; wordlist[j]; j++) {
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[j], onlyLineEnds) && iswordsep(prev, onlyLineEnds))
words++;
prev = wordlist[j];
}
char **keywords = new char * [words + 1];
if (keywords) {
words = 0;
prev = '\0';
int len = strlen(wordlist);
for (int k = 0; k < len; k++) {
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds)) {
if (!prev) {
keywords[words] = &wordlist[k];
words++;
}
} else {
wordlist[k] = '\0';
}
prev = wordlist[k];
}
keywords[words] = &wordlist[len];
}
return keywords;
}
void WordList::Clear() {
if (words) {
delete []words;
delete []list;
}
words = 0;
list = 0;
len = 0;
}
void WordList::Set(const char *s) {
len = 0;
list = StringDup(s);
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
}
char *WordList::Allocate(int size) {
list = new char[size + 1];
list[size] = '\0';
return list;
}
void WordList::SetFromAllocated() {
len = 0;
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
}
// Shell sort based upon public domain C implementation by Raymond Gardner 1991
// Used here because of problems with mingw qsort.
static void SortWordList(char **words, unsigned int len) {
unsigned int gap = len / 2;
while (gap > 0) {
unsigned int i = gap;
while (i < len) {
unsigned int j = i;
char **a = words + j;
do {
j -= gap;
char **b = a;
a -= gap;
if (strcmp(*a, *b) > 0) {
char *tmp = *a;
*a = *b;
*b = tmp;
} else {
break;
}
} while (j >= gap);
i++;
}
gap = gap / 2;
}
}
bool WordList::InList(const char *s) {
if (0 == words)
return false;
if (len == 0) {
for (int i = 0; words[i][0]; i++)
len++;
SortWordList(words, len);
for (int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++)
starts[k] = -1;
for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) {
unsigned char indexChar = words[l][0];
starts[indexChar] = l;
}
}
unsigned char firstChar = s[0];
int j = starts[firstChar];
if (j >= 0) {
while (words[j][0] == firstChar) {
if (s[1] == words[j][1]) {
const char *a = words[j] + 1;
const char *b = s + 1;
while (*a && *a == *b) {
a++;
b++;
}
if (!*a && !*b)
return true;
}
j++;
}
}
return false;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// SVector.h - a simple expandable vector
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@hare.net.au>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SVECTOR_H
#define SVECTOR_H
// A simple expandable vector.
// T must support assignment.
// Storage not allocated for elements until an element is used.
// This makes it very lightweight unless used so is a good match for optional features.
template<class T, int sizeIncrement>
class SVector {
T *v;
unsigned int size; // Number of elements allocated
unsigned int len; // Number of elements in vector
bool allocFailure; // A memory allocation call has failed
// Internally allocate more elements than the user wants to avoid
// thrashng the memory allocator
void SizeTo(int newSize) {
if (newSize < sizeIncrement)
newSize += sizeIncrement;
else
newSize = (newSize * 3) / 2;
T* newv = new T[newSize];
if (!newv) {
allocFailure = true;
return;
}
size = newSize;
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
newv[i] = v[i];
}
delete []v;
v = newv;
}
public:
SVector() {
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
}
~SVector() {
Free();
}
SVector(const SVector &other) {
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
if (other.Length() > 0) {
SizeTo(other.Length());
if (!allocFailure) {
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
v[i] = other.v[i];
len = other.Length();
}
}
}
SVector &operator=(const SVector &other) {
if (this != &other) {
delete []v;
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
if (other.Length() > 0) {
SizeTo(other.Length());
if (!allocFailure) {
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
v[i] = other.v[i];
}
len = other.Length();
}
}
return *this;
}
T &operator[](unsigned int i) {
if (i >= len) {
if (i >= size) {
SizeTo(i);
}
len = i+1;
}
return v[i];
}
void Free() {
delete []v;
v = 0;
size = 0;
len = 0;
}
void SetLength(int newLen) {
if (newLength > len) {
if (newLength >= size) {
SizeTo(newLength);
}
}
len = newLen;
}
int Length() const {
return len;
}
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ScintillaBase.cxx - an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
#include "SciLexer.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "KeyWords.h"
#endif
#include "ContractionState.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
#include "Document.h"
#include "Editor.h"
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
ScintillaBase::ScintillaBase() {
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
lexLanguage = SCLEX_CONTAINER;
for (int wl=0;wl<numWordLists;wl++)
keyWordLists[wl] = new WordList;
#endif
}
ScintillaBase::~ScintillaBase() {}
void ScintillaBase::Finalise() {
popup.Destroy();
}
void ScintillaBase::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
Editor::RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
ct.RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
}
void ScintillaBase::AddChar(char ch) {
bool acActiveBeforeCharAdded = ac.Active();
Editor::AddChar(ch);
if (acActiveBeforeCharAdded)
AutoCompleteChanged(ch);
}
void ScintillaBase::Command(int cmdId) {
switch (cmdId) {
case idAutoComplete: // Nothing to do
break;
case idCallTip: // Nothing to do
break;
case idcmdUndo:
WndProc(WM_UNDO, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdRedo:
WndProc(SCI_REDO, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdCut:
WndProc(WM_CUT, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdCopy:
WndProc(WM_COPY, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdPaste:
WndProc(WM_PASTE, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdDelete:
WndProc(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdSelectAll:
WndProc(SCI_SELECTALL, 0, 0);
break;
}
}
int ScintillaBase::KeyCommand(UINT iMessage) {
// Most key commands cancel autocompletion mode
if (ac.Active()) {
switch (iMessage) {
// Except for these
case SCI_LINEDOWN:
AutoCompleteMove(1);
return 0;
case SCI_LINEUP:
AutoCompleteMove( -1);
return 0;
case SCI_PAGEDOWN:
AutoCompleteMove(5);
return 0;
case SCI_PAGEUP:
AutoCompleteMove( -5);
return 0;
case SCI_VCHOME:
AutoCompleteMove( -5000);
return 0;
case SCI_LINEEND:
AutoCompleteMove(5000);
return 0;
case SCI_DELETEBACK:
DelCharBack();
AutoCompleteChanged();
EnsureCaretVisible();
return 0;
case SCI_TAB:
AutoCompleteCompleted();
return 0;
default:
ac.Cancel();
}
}
if (ct.inCallTipMode) {
if (
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFT) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARRIGHT) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
(iMessage != SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE) &&
(iMessage != SCI_DELETEBACK)
) {
ct.CallTipCancel();
}
if (iMessage == SCI_DELETEBACK) {
if (currentPos <= ct.posStartCallTip) {
ct.CallTipCancel();
}
}
}
return Editor::KeyCommand(iMessage);
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("AutoCOmplete %s\n", list);
ct.CallTipCancel();
ac.Start(wDraw, idAutoComplete, currentPos, lenEntered);
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos-lenEntered);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Auto complete %x\n", lbAutoComplete);
int heightLB = 100;
int widthLB = 100;
if (pt.x >= rcClient.right - widthLB) {
HorizontalScrollTo(xOffset + pt.x - rcClient.right + widthLB);
Redraw();
pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos);
}
PRectangle rcac;
rcac.left = pt.x - 5;
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
rcac.top = pt.y - heightLB;
if (rcac.top < 0) {
heightLB += rcac.top;
rcac.top = 0;
}
} else {
rcac.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
}
rcac.right = rcac.left + widthLB;
rcac.bottom = Platform::Minimum(rcac.top + heightLB, rcClient.bottom);
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcac, wMain);
ac.lb.SetFont(vs.styles[0].font);
int maxStrLen = ac.SetList(list);
// Fiddle the position of the list so it is right next to the target and wide enough for all its strings
PRectangle rcList = ac.lb.GetPosition();
int heightAlloced = rcList.bottom - rcList.top;
// Make an allowance for large strings in list
rcList.left = pt.x - 5;
rcList.right = rcList.left + Platform::Maximum(widthLB, maxStrLen * 8 + 16);
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
rcList.top = pt.y - heightAlloced;
} else {
rcList.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
}
rcList.bottom = rcList.top + heightAlloced;
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcList, wMain);
//lbAutoComplete.SetPosition(rcList);
ac.Show();
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCancel() {
ac.Cancel();
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteMove(int delta) {
ac.Move(delta);
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteChanged(char ch) {
if (currentPos <= ac.posStart) {
ac.Cancel();
} else if (ac.IsStopChar(ch)) {
ac.Cancel();
} else {
char wordCurrent[1000];
int i;
int startWord = ac.posStart - ac.startLen;
for (i = startWord; i < currentPos; i++)
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = pdoc->CharAt(i);
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = '\0';
ac.Select(wordCurrent);
}
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCompleted() {
int item = ac.lb.GetSelection();
char selected[200];
if (item != -1) {
ac.lb.GetValue(item, selected, sizeof(selected));
}
ac.Cancel();
if (currentPos != ac.posStart) {
pdoc->DeleteChars(ac.posStart, currentPos - ac.posStart);
}
SetEmptySelection(ac.posStart);
if (item != -1) {
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, selected + ac.startLen);
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + strlen(selected + ac.startLen));
}
}
void ScintillaBase::ContextMenu(Point pt) {
popup.CreatePopUp();
AddToPopUp("Undo", idcmdUndo, pdoc->CanUndo());
AddToPopUp("Redo", idcmdRedo, pdoc->CanRedo());
AddToPopUp("");
AddToPopUp("Cut", idcmdCut, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("Copy", idcmdCopy, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("Paste", idcmdPaste, WndProc(EM_CANPASTE, 0, 0));
AddToPopUp("Delete", idcmdDelete, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("");
AddToPopUp("Select All", idcmdSelectAll);
popup.Show(pt, wMain);
}
void ScintillaBase::ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
AutoCompleteCancel();
ct.CallTipCancel();
Editor::ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
void ScintillaBase::Colourise(int start, int end) {
int lengthDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETLENGTH, 0, 0);
if (end == -1)
end = lengthDoc;
int len = end - start;
PropSet props;
StylingContext styler(wMain.GetID(), props);
int styleStart = 0;
if (start > 0)
styleStart = styler.StyleAt(start - 1);
ColouriseDoc(pdoc->dbcsCodePage, start, len, styleStart, lexLanguage, keyWordLists, styler);
styler.Flush();
}
#endif
void ScintillaBase::NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded) {
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
if (lexLanguage != SCLEX_CONTAINER) {
int endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETENDSTYLED, 0, 0);
int lineEndStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEFROMCHAR, endStyled, 0);
endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEINDEX, lineEndStyled, 0);
Colourise(endStyled, endStyleNeeded);
return;
}
#endif
Editor::NotifyStyleNeeded(endStyleNeeded);
}
LRESULT ScintillaBase::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
switch (iMessage) {
case SCI_AUTOCSHOW:
AutoCompleteStart(wParam, reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_AUTOCCANCEL:
AutoCompleteCancel();
break;
case SCI_AUTOCACTIVE:
return ac.Active();
case SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART:
return ac.posStart;
case SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE:
AutoCompleteCompleted();
break;
case SCI_AUTOCSTOPS:
ac.SetStopChars(reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPSHOW: {
AutoCompleteCancel();
if (!ct.wCallTip.Created()) {
PRectangle rc = ct.CallTipStart(currentPos, LocationFromPosition(wParam),
reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam),
vs.styles[0].fontName, vs.styles[0].size);
// If the call-tip window would be out of the client
// space, adjust so it displays above the text.
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
if (rc.bottom > rcClient.bottom) {
int offset = vs.lineHeight + rc.Height();
rc.top -= offset;
rc.bottom -= offset;
}
// Now display the window.
CreateCallTipWindow(rc);
ct.wCallTip.SetPositionRelative(rc, wDraw);
ct.wCallTip.Show();
}
}
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL:
ct.CallTipCancel();
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE:
return ct.inCallTipMode;
case SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART:
return ct.posStartCallTip;
case SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT:
ct.SetHighlight(wParam, lParam);
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK:
ct.colourBG = Colour(wParam);
InvalidateStyleRedraw();
break;
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
case SCI_SETLEXER:
lexLanguage = wParam;
break;
case SCI_GETLEXER:
return lexLanguage;
case SCI_COLOURISE:
Colourise(wParam, lParam);
break;
case SCI_SETPROPERTY:
props.Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(wParam),
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_SETKEYWORDS:
if ((wParam >= 0) && (wParam < numWordLists)) {
keyWordLists[wParam]->Clear();
keyWordLists[wParam]->Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
}
break;
#endif
default:
return Editor::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
}
return 0l;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ScintillaBase.h - defines an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCINTILLABASE_H
#define SCINTILLABASE_H
class ScintillaBase : public Editor {
protected:
// Enumeration of commands and child windows
enum {
idCallTip=1,
idAutoComplete=2,
idcmdUndo=10,
idcmdRedo=11,
idcmdCut=12,
idcmdCopy=13,
idcmdPaste=14,
idcmdDelete=15,
idcmdSelectAll=16
};
Menu popup;
AutoComplete ac;
CallTip ct;
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
int lexLanguage;
PropSet props;
enum {numWordLists=5};
WordList *keyWordLists[numWordLists];
void Colourise(int start, int end);
#endif
ScintillaBase();
virtual ~ScintillaBase();
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
virtual void Finalise() = 0;
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
void Command(int cmdId);
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
void AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list);
void AutoCompleteCancel();
void AutoCompleteMove(int delta);
void AutoCompleteChanged(char ch=0);
void AutoCompleteCompleted();
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc) = 0;
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd=0, bool enabled=true) = 0;
void ContextMenu(Point pt);
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
public:
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Style.cxx - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Style.h"
Style::Style() {
Clear();
}
Style::~Style() {
font.Release();
}
Style &Style::operator=(const Style &source) {
if (this == &source)
return *this;
Clear();
fore.desired = source.fore.desired;
back.desired = source.back.desired;
bold = source.bold;
italic = source.italic;
size = source.size;
strcpy(fontName, source.fontName);
eolFilled = source.eolFilled;
return *this;
}
void Style::Clear(Colour fore_, Colour back_, int size_, const char *fontName_,
bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_) {
fore.desired = fore_;
back.desired = back_;
bold = bold_;
italic = italic_;
size = size_;
strcpy(fontName, fontName_);
eolFilled = eolFilled_;
font.Release();
}
void Style::Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel) {
int sizeZoomed = size + zoomLevel;
if (sizeZoomed <= 2) // Hangs if sizeZoomed <= 1
sizeZoomed = 2;
int deviceHeight = (sizeZoomed * surface.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
font.Create(fontName, deviceHeight, bold, italic);
ascent = surface.Ascent(font);
descent = surface.Descent(font);
// Probably more typographically correct to include leading
// but that means more complex drawing as leading must be erased
//lineHeight = surface.ExternalLeading() + surface.Height();
externalLeading = surface.ExternalLeading(font);
lineHeight = surface.Height(font);
aveCharWidth = surface.AverageCharWidth(font);
spaceWidth = surface.WidthChar(font, ' ');
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Style.h - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef STYLE_H
#define STYLE_H
class Style {
public:
ColourPair fore;
ColourPair back;
bool bold;
bool italic;
int size;
char fontName[100];
bool eolFilled;
Font font;
unsigned int lineHeight;
unsigned int ascent;
unsigned int descent;
unsigned int externalLeading;
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
unsigned int spaceWidth;
Style();
~Style();
Style &operator=(const Style &source);
void Clear(Colour fore_=Colour(0,0,0), Colour back_=Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff),
int size_=Platform::DefaultFontSize(),
const char *fontName_=Platform::DefaultFont(),
bool bold_=false, bool italic_=false, bool eolFilled_=false);
void Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ViewStyle.cxx - store information on how the document is to be viewed
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
MarginStyle::MarginStyle() :
symbol(false), width(16), mask(0xffffffff), sensitive(false) {
}
ViewStyle::ViewStyle() {
Init();
}
ViewStyle::ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source) {
Init();
for (int sty=0;sty<=STYLE_MAX;sty++) {
styles[sty] = source.styles[sty];
}
for (int mrk=0;mrk<=MARKER_MAX;mrk++) {
markers[mrk] = source.markers[mrk];
}
for (int ind=0;ind<=INDIC_MAX;ind++) {
indicators[ind] = source.indicators[ind];
}
selforeset = source.selforeset;
selforeground.desired = source.selforeground.desired;
selbackset = source.selbackset;
selbackground.desired = source.selbackground.desired;
selbar.desired = source.selbar.desired;
selbarlight.desired = source.selbarlight.desired;
caretcolour.desired = source.caretcolour.desired;
edgecolour.desired = source.edgecolour.desired;
leftMarginWidth = source.leftMarginWidth;
rightMarginWidth = source.rightMarginWidth;
for (int i=0;i < margins; i++) {
ms[i] = source.ms[i];
}
symbolMargin = source.symbolMargin;
maskInLine = source.maskInLine;
fixedColumnWidth = source.fixedColumnWidth;
zoomLevel = source.zoomLevel;
viewWhitespace = source.viewWhitespace;
viewEOL = source.viewEOL;
showMarkedLines = source.showMarkedLines;
}
ViewStyle::~ViewStyle() {
}
void ViewStyle::Init() {
indicators[0].style = INDIC_SQUIGGLE;
indicators[0].fore = Colour(0, 0x7f, 0);
indicators[1].style = INDIC_TT;
indicators[1].fore = Colour(0, 0, 0xff);
indicators[2].style = INDIC_PLAIN;
indicators[2].fore = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
lineHeight = 1;
maxAscent = 1;
maxDescent = 1;
aveCharWidth = 8;
spaceWidth = 8;
selforeset = false;
selforeground.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
selbackset = true;
selbackground.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].fore.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
//caretcolour.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
caretcolour.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
edgecolour.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
leftMarginWidth = 1;
rightMarginWidth = 1;
ms[0].symbol = false;
ms[0].width = 0;
ms[0].mask = 0;
ms[1].symbol = true;
ms[1].width = 16;
ms[1].mask = ~SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
ms[2].symbol = true;
ms[2].width = 14; // Nice width for arrows
ms[2].mask = SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
ms[2].width = 0; // Nice width for arrows
ms[2].mask = 0;
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
symbolMargin = false;
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
}
zoomLevel = 0;
viewWhitespace = false;
viewEOL = false;
showMarkedLines = true;
}
void ViewStyle::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
unsigned int i;
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(styles[i].fore, want);
pal.WantFind(styles[i].back, want);
}
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(indicators)/sizeof(indicators[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(indicators[i].fore, want);
}
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(markers)/sizeof(markers[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(markers[i].fore, want);
pal.WantFind(markers[i].back, want);
}
pal.WantFind(selforeground, want);
pal.WantFind(selbackground, want);
pal.WantFind(selbar, want);
pal.WantFind(selbarlight, want);
pal.WantFind(caretcolour, want);
pal.WantFind(edgecolour, want);
}
void ViewStyle::Refresh(Surface &surface) {
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
maxAscent = 1;
maxDescent = 1;
for (unsigned int i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
styles[i].Realise(surface, zoomLevel);
if (maxAscent < styles[i].ascent)
maxAscent = styles[i].ascent;
if (maxDescent < styles[i].descent)
maxDescent = styles[i].descent;
}
lineHeight = maxAscent + maxDescent;
aveCharWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].aveCharWidth;
spaceWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].spaceWidth;
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
symbolMargin = false;
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
}
}
void ViewStyle::ResetDefaultStyle() {
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].Clear();
}
void ViewStyle::ClearStyles() {
// Reset all styles to be like the default style
for (int i=0; i<=STYLE_MAX; i++) {
if (i != STYLE_DEFAULT) {
styles[i].Clear(
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.desired,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.desired,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].size,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fontName,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].bold,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].italic);
}
}
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ViewStyle.h - store information on how the document is to be viewed
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef VIEWSTYLE_H
#define VIEWSTYLE_H
class MarginStyle {
public:
bool symbol;
int width;
int mask;
bool sensitive;
MarginStyle();
};
class ViewStyle {
public:
Style styles[STYLE_MAX + 1];
LineMarker markers[MARKER_MAX + 1];
Indicator indicators[INDIC_MAX + 1];
int lineHeight;
unsigned int maxAscent;
unsigned int maxDescent;
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
unsigned int spaceWidth;
bool selforeset;
ColourPair selforeground;
bool selbackset;
ColourPair selbackground;
ColourPair selbar;
ColourPair selbarlight;
// Margins are ordered: Line Numbers, Selection Margin, Spacing Margin
int leftMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
int rightMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
enum { margins=3 };
bool symbolMargin;
int maskInLine; // Mask for markers to be put into text because there is nowhere for them to go in margin
MarginStyle ms[margins];
int fixedColumnWidth;
int zoomLevel;
bool viewWhitespace;
bool viewEOL;
bool showMarkedLines;
ColourPair caretcolour;
ColourPair edgecolour;
ViewStyle();
ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source);
~ViewStyle();
void Init();
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void Refresh(Surface &surface);
void ResetDefaultStyle();
void ClearStyles();
};
#endif

1386
contrib/src/stc/stc.cpp Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

547
include/wx/stc/stc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: stc.h
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. This class is the
// one meant to be used directly by wx applications. It does not
// derive directly from the Scintilla classes, and in fact there
// is no mention of Scintilla classes at all in this header.
// This class delegates all method calls and events to the
// Scintilla objects and so forth. This allows the use of
// Scintilla without polluting the namespace with all the
// classes and itentifiers from Scintilla.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __stc_h__
#define __stc_h__
#include <wx/wx.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants and stuff
enum wxSTC_UndoType {
wxSTC_UndoCollectNone,
wxSTC_UndoCollectAutoStart
};
enum wxSTC_EOL {
wxSTC_EOL_CRLF,
wxSTC_EOL_CR,
wxSTC_EOL_LF
};
enum wxSTC_EDGE {
wxSTC_EDGE_NONE,
wxSTC_EDGE_LINE,
wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND
};
const int wxSTC_LEX_STYLE_MAX = 31;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT = 32;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_LINENUMBER = 33;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_BRACELIGHT = 34;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_BRACEBAD = 35;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_CONTROLCHAR = 36;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_MAX = 63;
const int wxSTC_STYLE_MASK = 31;
const int wxSTC_MARKER_MAX = 31;
const int wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE = 0;
const int wxSTC_MARK_ROUNDRECT = 1;
const int wxSTC_MARK_ARROW = 2;
const int wxSTC_MARK_SMALLRECT = 3;
const int wxSTC_MARK_SHORTARROW = 4;
const int wxSTC_MARK_EMPTY = 5;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN = 0;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLE = 1;
const int wxSTC_INDIC_TT = 2;
const int wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK = 32;
const int wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK = 64;
const int wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK = 128;
const int wxSTC_INDICS_MASK = (wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK | wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK | wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK);
// key commands
enum {
wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWN = 2300,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEUP,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHT,
wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHT,
wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_HOME,
wxSTC_CMD_HOMEEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEEND,
wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTART,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUP,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWN,
wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE,
wxSTC_CMD_CANCEL,
wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACK,
wxSTC_CMD_TAB,
wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB,
wxSTC_CMD_NEWLINE,
wxSTC_CMD_FORMFEED,
wxSTC_CMD_VCHOME,
wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEEXTEND,
wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMIN,
wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMOUT,
wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDLEFT,
wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHT
};
enum wxSTC_LEX {
wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER=0,
wxSTC_LEX_NULL,
wxSTC_LEX_PYTHON,
wxSTC_LEX_CPP,
wxSTC_LEX_HTML,
wxSTC_LEX_XML,
wxSTC_LEX_PERL,
wxSTC_LEX_SQL,
wxSTC_LEX_VB,
wxSTC_LEX_PROPERTIES,
wxSTC_LEX_ERRORLIST,
wxSTC_LEX_MAKEFILE,
wxSTC_LEX_BATCH,
};
const int wxSTC_CARET_SLOP = 0x01;
const int WXSTC_CARET_CENTER = 0x02;
const int wxSTC_CARET_STRICT = 0x04;
const int wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL = 0;
const int wxSTC_MARGIN_NUMBER = 1;
class ScintillaWX; // forward declare
class WordList;
struct SCNotification;
extern const wxChar* wxSTCNameStr;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextCtrl : public wxControl {
public:
wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
~wxStyledTextCtrl();
// Text retrieval and modification
wxString GetText();
bool SetText(const wxString& text);
wxString GetLine(int line);
void ReplaceSelection(const wxString& text);
void SetReadOnly(bool readOnly);
bool GetReadOnly();
wxString GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
wxString GetStyledTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
void GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos, char* buff);
void GetStyledTextRange(int startPos, int endPos, char* buff);
void AddText(const wxString& text);
void AddStyledText(const wxString& text);
void InsertText(int pos, const wxString& text);
void ClearAll();
char GetCharAt(int pos);
char GetStyleAt(int pos);
void SetStyleBits(int bits);
int GetStyleBits();
// Clipboard
void Cut();
void Copy();
void Paste();
bool CanPaste();
void ClearClipbrd(); // avoiding name conflict with virtual in wxWindow
// Undo and Redo
void Undo();
bool CanUndo();
void EmptyUndoBuffer();
void Redo();
bool CanRedo();
void SetUndoCollection(wxSTC_UndoType type);
wxSTC_UndoType GetUndoCollection();
void BeginUndoAction();
void EndUndoAction();
// Selection and information
void GetSelection(int* startPos, int* endPos);
void SetSelection(int startPos, int endPos);
wxString GetSelectedText();
void HideSelection(bool hide);
bool GetHideSelection();
int GetTextLength();
int GetFirstVisibleLine();
bool GetModified();
int GetLineCount();
wxRect GetRect();
int GetLineFromPos(int pos);
int GetLineStartPos(int line);
int GetLineLengthAtPos(int pos);
int GetLineLength(int line);
wxString GetCurrentLineText(int* linePos=NULL);
int GetCurrentLine();
int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt);
int LineFromPoint(wxPoint pt);
wxPoint PointFromPosition(int pos);
int GetCurrentPos();
int GetAnchor();
void SelectAll();
void SetCurrentPosition(int pos);
void SetAnchor(int pos);
void GotoPos(int pos);
void GotoLine(int line);
void ChangePosition(int delta, bool extendSelection);
void PageMove(int cmdKey, bool extendSelection);
void ScrollBy(int columnDelta, int lineDelta);
void ScrollToLine(int line);
void ScrollToColumn(int column);
void EnsureCaretVisible();
void SetCaretPolicy(int policy, int slop=0);
int GetSelectionType();
// Searching
int FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const wxString& text,
bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
void SearchAnchor();
int SearchNext(const wxString& text, bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
int SearchPrev(const wxString& text, bool caseSensitive, bool wholeWord);
// Visible whitespace
bool GetViewWhitespace();
void SetViewWhitespace(bool visible);
// Line endings
wxSTC_EOL GetEOLMode();
void SetEOLMode(wxSTC_EOL mode);
bool GetViewEOL();
void SetViewEOL(bool visible);
void ConvertEOL(wxSTC_EOL mode);
// Styling
int GetEndStyled();
void StartStyling(int pos, int mask);
void SetStyleFor(int length, int style);
void SetStyleBytes(int length, char* styleBytes);
// Style Definition
void StyleClearAll();
void StyleResetDefault();
void StyleSetSpec(int styleNum, const wxString& spec);
void StyleSetForeground(int styleNum, const wxColour& colour);
void StyleSetBackground(int styleNum, const wxColour& colour);
void StyleSetFont(int styleNum, wxFont& font);
void StyleSetFontAttr(int styleNum, int size, const wxString& faceName, bool bold, bool italic);
void StyleSetBold(int styleNum, bool bold);
void StyleSetItalic(int styleNum, bool italic);
void StyleSetFaceName(int styleNum, const wxString& faceName);
void StyleSetSize(int styleNum, int pointSize);
void StyleSetEOLFilled(int styleNum, bool fillEOL);
// Margins in the edit area
int GetLeftMargin();
int GetRightMargin();
void SetMargins(int left, int right);
// Margins for selection, markers, etc.
void SetMarginType(int margin, int type);
int GetMarginType(int margin);
void SetMarginWidth(int margin, int pixelWidth);
int GetMarginWidth(int margin);
void SetMarginMask(int margin, int mask);
int GetMarginMask(int margin);
void SetMarginSensitive(int margin, bool sensitive);
bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin);
// Selection and Caret styles
void SetSelectionForeground(const wxColour& colour);
void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& colour);
void SetCaretForeground(const wxColour& colour);
int GetCaretPeriod();
void SetCaretPeriod(int milliseconds);
// Other settings
void SetBufferedDraw(bool isBuffered);
void SetTabWidth(int numChars);
void SetWordChars(const wxString& wordChars);
// Brace highlighting
void BraceHighlight(int pos1, int pos2);
void BraceBadlight(int pos);
int BraceMatch(int pos, int maxReStyle=0);
// Markers
void MarkerDefine(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
const wxColour& foreground,
const wxColour& background);
void MarkerSetType(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol);
void MarkerSetForeground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& colour);
void MarkerSetBackground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& colour);
int MarkerAdd(int line, int markerNumber);
void MarkerDelete(int line, int markerNumber);
void MarkerDeleteAll(int markerNumber);
int MarkerGet(int line);
int MarkerGetNextLine(int lineStart, int markerMask);
int MarkerGetPrevLine(int lineStart, int markerMask);
int MarkerLineFromHandle(int handle);
void MarkerDeleteHandle(int handle);
// Indicators
void IndicatorSetStyle(int indicNum, int indicStyle);
int IndicatorGetStyle(int indicNum);
void IndicatorSetColour(int indicNum, const wxColour& colour);
// Auto completion
void AutoCompShow(const wxString& listOfWords);
void AutoCompCancel();
bool AutoCompActive();
int AutoCompPosAtStart();
void AutoCompComplete();
void AutoCompStopChars(const wxString& stopChars);
// Call tips
void CallTipShow(int pos, const wxString& text);
void CallTipCancel();
bool CallTipActive();
int CallTipPosAtStart();
void CallTipSetHighlight(int start, int end);
void CallTipSetBackground(const wxColour& colour);
// Key bindings
void CmdKeyAssign(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);
void CmdKeyClear(int key, int modifiers);
void CmdKeyClearAll();
void CmdKeyExecute(int cmd);
// Print formatting
int FormatRange(bool doDraw,
int startPos,
int endPos,
wxDC* draw,
wxDC* target, // Why does it use two? Can they be the same?
wxRect renderRect,
wxRect pageRect);
// Document Sharing (multiple views)
void* GetDocument();
void SetDocument(void* document);
// TODO: create a wx wrapper for Scintilla's document class
// TODO: Folding
// Long Lines
int GetEdgeColumn();
void SetEdgeColumn(int column);
wxSTC_EDGE GetEdgeMode();
void SetEdgeMode(wxSTC_EDGE mode);
wxColour GetEdgeColour();
void SetEdgeColour(const wxColour& colour);
// Lexer
void SetLexer(wxSTC_LEX lexer);
wxSTC_LEX GetLexer();
void Colourise(int start, int end);
void SetProperty(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
void SetKeywords(int keywordSet, const wxString& keywordList);
private:
// Event handlers
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
void OnScrollWin(wxScrollWinEvent& evt);
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
void OnMouseLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnMouseRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& evt);
void OnLoseFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
void OnGainFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& evt);
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
void OnMenu(wxCommandEvent& evt);
// Turn notifications from Scintilla into events
void NotifyChange();
void NotifyParent(SCNotification* scn);
long SendMsg(int msg, long wp=0, long lp=0);
private:
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
ScintillaWX* m_swx;
wxStopWatch m_stopWatch;
bool m_readOnly;
wxSTC_UndoType m_undoType;
friend class ScintillaWX;
friend class Platform;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent {
public:
wxStyledTextEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id);
~wxStyledTextEvent() {}
void SetPosition(int pos) { m_position = pos; }
void SetKey(int k) { m_key = k; }
void SetModifiers(int m) { m_modifiers = m; }
void SetModificationType(int t) { m_modificationType = t; }
void SetText(const char* t) { m_text = t; }
void SetLength(int len) { m_length = len; }
void SetLinesAdded(int num) { m_linesAdded = num; }
void SetLine(int val) { m_line = val; }
void SetFoldLevelNow(int val) { m_foldLevelNow = val; }
void SetFoldLevelPrev(int val) { m_foldLevelPrev = val; }
void SetMargin(int val) { m_margin = val; }
void SetMessage(int val) { m_message = val; }
void SetWParam(int val) { m_wParam = val; }
void SetLParam(int val) { m_lParam = val; }
int GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
int GetKey() const { return m_key; }
int GetModifiers() const { return m_modifiers; }
int GetModificationType() const { return m_modificationType; }
wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
int GetLength() const { return m_length; }
int GetLinesAdded() const { return m_linesAdded; }
int GetLine() const { return m_line; }
int GetFoldLevelNow() const { return m_foldLevelNow; }
int GetFoldLevelPrev() const { return m_foldLevelPrev; }
int GetMargin() const { return m_margin; }
int GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
int GetWParam() const { return m_wParam; }
int GetLParam() const { return m_lParam; }
bool GetShift() const;
bool GetControl() const;
bool GetAlt() const;
void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
private:
int m_position;
int m_key;
int m_modifiers;
int m_modificationType; // wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED
wxString m_text;
int m_length;
int m_linesAdded;
int m_line;
int m_foldLevelNow;
int m_foldLevelPrev;
int m_margin; // wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
int m_message; // wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD
int m_wParam;
int m_lParam;
};
enum {
wxEVT_STC_CHANGE = 1650,
wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED,
wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED,
wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI,
wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED,
wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT,
wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT,
wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK,
wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED,
wxEVT_STC_KEY,
wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD,
wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK,
wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN
};
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxStyledTextEventFunction)(wxStyledTextEvent&);
#define EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CHANGE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_CMDKEY(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_CMDKEY, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
#define EVT_STC_UNKNOWNCMDKEY(id, fn) { wxEVT_STC_UNKNOWNCMDKEY, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxStyledTextEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif

1
samples/stc/.cvsignore Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
stctest.res

14
samples/stc/makefile.vc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# File: makefile.vc For stectrl
# Author: Robin Dunn
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
# Updated:
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
PROGRAM = stctest
OBJECTS = $(PROGRAM).obj
EXTRALIBS = $(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc$(LIBEXT).lib
EXTRAINC = -I$(WXDIR)\contrib\include
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makeprog.vc

204
samples/stc/stctest.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: stctest.cpp
// Purpose: sample of using wxStyledTextCtrl
// Author: Robin Dunn
// Modified by:
// Created: 3-Feb-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifdef __GNUG__
#pragma implementation "stctest.cpp"
#pragma interface "stctest.cpp"
#endif
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
#include "wx/wxprec.h"
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma hdrstop
#endif
// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
#include "wx/wx.h"
#endif
#include <wx/wfstream.h>
#include <wx/stc/stc.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class MyApp : public wxApp
{
public:
virtual bool OnInit();
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define a new frame type: this is going to be our main frame
class MyFrame : public wxFrame
{
public:
MyFrame(const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
void OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& event);
void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event);
void OnStyleNeeded(wxStyledTextEvent& event);
private:
wxStyledTextCtrl* ed;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
};
// IDs for the controls and the menu commands
enum
{
// menu items
ID_Quit = 1,
ID_About,
ID_ED
};
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
EVT_MENU (ID_Quit, MyFrame::OnQuit)
EVT_MENU (ID_About, MyFrame::OnAbout)
EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED (ID_ED, MyFrame::OnStyleNeeded)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
IMPLEMENT_APP(MyApp)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// `Main program' equivalent: the program execution "starts" here
bool MyApp::OnInit()
{
MyFrame *frame = new MyFrame("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl",
wxPoint(5, 5), wxSize(400, 600));
frame->Show(TRUE);
return TRUE;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// frame constructor
MyFrame::MyFrame(const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size)
: wxFrame((wxFrame *)NULL, -1, title, pos, size)
{
#ifdef __WXMAC__
// we need this in order to allow the about menu relocation, since ABOUT is
// not the default id of the about menu
wxApp::s_macAboutMenuItemId = ID_About;
#endif
// create a menu bar
wxMenu *menuFile = new wxMenu("", wxMENU_TEAROFF);
// the "About" item should be in the help menu
wxMenu *helpMenu = new wxMenu;
helpMenu->Append(ID_About, "&About...\tCtrl-A", "Show about dialog");
menuFile->Append(ID_Quit, "E&xit\tAlt-X", "Quit this program");
// now append the freshly created menu to the menu bar...
wxMenuBar *menuBar = new wxMenuBar();
menuBar->Append(menuFile, "&File");
menuBar->Append(helpMenu, "&Help");
// ... and attach this menu bar to the frame
SetMenuBar(menuBar);
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
CreateStatusBar(2);
SetStatusText("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl");
#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
//----------------------------------------
// Setup the editor
ed = new wxStyledTextCtrl(this, ID_ED);
// Default font
wxFont font(8, wxMODERN, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL);
ed->StyleSetFont(wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT, font);
ed->StyleClearAll();
ed->StyleSetForeground(0, wxColour(0x80, 0x80, 0x80));
ed->StyleSetForeground(1, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x00));
//ed->StyleSetForeground(2, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetForeground(3, wxColour(0x7f, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(4, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(5, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(6, wxColour(0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(7, wxColour(0x7f, 0x00, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(8, wxColour(0x00, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(9, wxColour(0x7f, 0x7f, 0x7f));
ed->StyleSetForeground(10, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetForeground(11, wxColour(0x00, 0x00, 0x00));
ed->StyleSetBold(5, TRUE);
ed->StyleSetBold(10, TRUE);
#ifdef __WXMSW__
ed->StyleSetSpec(2, "fore:#007f00,bold,face:Arial,size:7");
#else
ed->StyleSetSpec(2, "fore:#007f00,bold,face:Helvetica,size:7");
#endif
// give it some text to play with
wxFile file("stctest.cpp");
wxString st;
char* buff = st.GetWriteBuf(file.Length());
file.Read(buff, file.Length());
st.UngetWriteBuf();
ed->InsertText(0, st);
ed->EmptyUndoBuffer();
ed->SetLexer(wxSTC_LEX_CPP);
ed->SetKeywords(0,
"asm auto bool break case catch char class const "
"const_cast continue default delete do double "
"dynamic_cast else enum explicit export extern "
"false float for friend goto if inline int long "
"mutable namespace new operator private protected "
"public register reinterpret_cast return short signed "
"sizeof static static_cast struct switch template this "
"throw true try typedef typeid typename union unsigned "
"using virtual void volatile wchar_t while");
}
// event handlers
void MyFrame::OnStyleNeeded(wxStyledTextEvent& event) {
int currEndStyled = ed->GetEndStyled();
ed->Colourise(currEndStyled, event.GetPosition());
}
void MyFrame::OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
// TRUE is to force the frame to close
Close(TRUE);
}
void MyFrame::OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
wxString msg;
msg.Printf( _T("Testing wxStyledTextCtrl...\n"));
wxMessageBox(msg, "About This Test", wxOK | wxICON_INFORMATION, this);
}

1
samples/stc/stctest.rc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#include "wx/msw/wx.rc"

585
src/stc/PlatWX.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// PlatWX.cxx - implementation of platform facilities on wxWindows
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// Robin Dunn <robin@aldunn.com>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
Point Point::FromLong(long lpoint) {
return Point(lpoint & 0xFFFF, lpoint >> 32);
}
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc) {
wxRect rc(prc.left, prc.top,
prc.right-prc.left+1, prc.bottom-prc.top+1);
return rc;
}
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc) {
return PRectangle(rc.GetLeft(), rc.GetTop(), rc.GetRight(), rc.GetBottom());
}
Colour::Colour(long lcol) {
co.Set(lcol & 0xff, (lcol >> 8) & 0xff, (lcol >> 16) & 0xff);
}
Colour::Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue) {
co.Set(red, green, blue);
}
bool Colour::operator==(const Colour &other) const {
return co == other.co;
}
long Colour::AsLong() const {
return (((long)co.Blue() << 16) |
((long)co.Green() << 8) |
((long)co.Red()));
}
unsigned int Colour::GetRed() {
return co.Red();
}
unsigned int Colour::GetGreen() {
return co.Green();
}
unsigned int Colour::GetBlue() {
return co.Blue();
}
Palette::Palette() {
used = 0;
allowRealization = false;
}
Palette::~Palette() {
Release();
}
void Palette::Release() {
used = 0;
}
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
void Palette::WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want) {
if (want) {
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired)
return;
}
if (used < numEntries) {
entries[used].desired = cp.desired;
entries[used].allocated = cp.desired;
used++;
}
} else {
for (int i=0; i < used; i++) {
if (entries[i].desired == cp.desired) {
cp.allocated = entries[i].allocated;
return;
}
}
cp.allocated = cp.desired;
}
}
void Palette::Allocate(Window &) {
if (allowRealization) {
}
}
Font::Font() {
id = 0;
ascent = 0;
}
Font::~Font() {
}
void Font::Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold, bool italic) {
Release();
id = new wxFont(size,
wxDEFAULT,
italic ? wxITALIC : wxNORMAL,
bold ? wxBOLD : wxNORMAL,
false,
faceName);
}
void Font::Release() {
if (id)
delete id;
id = 0;
}
Surface::Surface() :
hdc(0), hdcOwned(0), bitmap(0),
x(0), y(0) {
}
Surface::~Surface() {
Release();
}
void Surface::Release() {
if (bitmap) {
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
delete bitmap;
bitmap = 0;
}
if (hdcOwned) {
delete hdc;
hdc = 0;
hdcOwned = false;
}
}
bool Surface::Initialised() {
return hdc != 0;
}
void Surface::Init() {
Release();
hdc = new wxMemoryDC();
hdcOwned = true;
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::Init(SurfaceID hdc_) {
Release();
hdc = hdc_;
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_) {
Release();
hdc = new wxMemoryDC(surface_->hdc);
hdcOwned = true;
bitmap = new wxBitmap(width, height);
((wxMemoryDC*)hdc)->SelectObject(*bitmap);
// **** ::SetTextAlign(hdc, TA_BASELINE);
}
void Surface::PenColour(Colour fore) {
hdc->SetPen(wxPen(fore.co, 1, wxSOLID));
}
void Surface::BrushColor(Colour back) {
hdc->SetBrush(wxBrush(back.co, wxSOLID));
}
void Surface::SetFont(Font &font_) {
hdc->SetFont(*font_.GetID());
}
int Surface::LogPixelsY() {
return hdc->GetPPI().y;
}
void Surface::MoveTo(int x_, int y_) {
x = x_;
y = y_;
}
void Surface::LineTo(int x_, int y_) {
hdc->DrawLine(x,y, x_,y_);
x = x_;
y = y_;
}
void Surface::Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore,
Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawPolygon(npts, (wxPoint*)pts);
}
void Surface::RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back) {
BrushColor(back);
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern) {
wxBrush br;
if (surfacePattern.bitmap)
br = wxBrush(*surfacePattern.bitmap);
else // Something is wrong so display in red
br = wxBrush(*wxRED, wxSOLID);
hdc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
hdc->SetBrush(br);
hdc->DrawRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawRoundedRectangle(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc), 8);
}
void Surface::Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back) {
PenColour(fore);
BrushColor(back);
hdc->DrawEllipse(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Surface::Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource) {
hdc->Blit(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height(),
surfaceSource.hdc, from.x, from.y, wxCOPY);
}
void Surface::DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase,
const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
SetFont(font);
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
FillRectangle(rc, back);
// ybase is where the baseline should be, but wxWin uses the upper left
// corner, so I need to calculate the real position for the text...
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
}
void Surface::DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back) {
SetFont(font);
hdc->SetTextForeground(fore.co);
hdc->SetTextBackground(back.co);
FillRectangle(rc, back);
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
// see comments above
hdc->DrawText(wxString(s, len), rc.left, ybase - font.ascent);
hdc->DestroyClippingRegion();
}
int Surface::WidthText(Font &font, const char *s, int len) {
SetFont(font);
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(wxString(s, len), &w, &h);
return w;
}
void Surface::MeasureWidths(Font &font, const char *s, int len, int *positions) {
SetFont(font);
int totalWidth = 0;
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(s[i], &w, &h);
totalWidth += w;
positions[i] = totalWidth;
}
}
int Surface::WidthChar(Font &font, char ch) {
SetFont(font);
int w;
int h;
hdc->GetTextExtent(ch, &w, &h);
return w;
}
#define EXTENT_TEST " `~!@#$%^&*()-_=+\\|[]{};:\"\'<,>.?/1234567890abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
int Surface::Ascent(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
font.ascent = h - d;
return font.ascent;
}
int Surface::Descent(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
return d;
}
int Surface::InternalLeading(Font &font) {
return 0;
}
int Surface::ExternalLeading(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
int w, h, d, e;
hdc->GetTextExtent(EXTENT_TEST, &w, &h, &d, &e);
return e;
}
int Surface::Height(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
return hdc->GetCharHeight();
}
int Surface::AverageCharWidth(Font &font) {
SetFont(font);
return hdc->GetCharWidth();
}
int Surface::SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround) {
return 0; // **** figure out what to do with palettes...
}
void Surface::SetClip(PRectangle rc) {
hdc->SetClippingRegion(wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
Window::~Window() {
}
void Window::Destroy() {
if (id)
id->Destroy();
id = 0;
}
bool Window::HasFocus() {
return wxWindow::FindFocus() == id;
}
PRectangle Window::GetPosition() {
wxRect rc(id->GetPosition(), id->GetSize());
return PRectangleFromwxRect(rc);
}
void Window::SetPosition(PRectangle rc) {
id->SetSize(rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height());
}
void Window::SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window) {
SetPosition(rc); // ????
}
PRectangle Window::GetClientPosition() {
wxSize sz = id->GetClientSize();
return PRectangle(0, 0, sz.x - 1, sz.y - 1);
}
void Window::Show(bool show) {
id->Show(show);
}
void Window::InvalidateAll() {
id->Refresh(false);
}
void Window::InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc) {
id->Refresh(false, &wxRectFromPRectangle(rc));
}
void Window::SetFont(Font &font) {
id->SetFont(*font.GetID());
}
void Window::SetCursor(Cursor curs) {
int cursorId;
switch (curs) {
case cursorText:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_IBEAM;
break;
case cursorArrow:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
break;
case cursorUp:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW; // ** no up arrow... wxCURSOR_UPARROW;
break;
case cursorWait:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_WAIT;
break;
case cursorHoriz:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZEWE;
break;
case cursorVert:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_SIZENS;
break;
case cursorReverseArrow:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT;
break;
default:
cursorId = wxCURSOR_ARROW;
break;
}
id->SetCursor(wxCursor(cursorId));
}
void Window::SetTitle(const char *s) {
id->SetTitle(s);
}
ListBox::ListBox() {
}
ListBox::~ListBox() {
}
void ListBox::Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID) {
id = new wxListBox(parent.id, ctrlID, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
0, NULL, wxLB_SINGLE | wxLB_SORT);
}
void ListBox::Clear() {
((wxListBox*)id)->Clear();
}
void ListBox::Append(char *s) {
((wxListBox*)id)->Append(s);
}
int ListBox::Length() {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->Number();
}
void ListBox::Select(int n) {
((wxListBox*)id)->SetSelection(n);
}
int ListBox::GetSelection() {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->GetSelection();
}
int ListBox::Find(const char *prefix) {
return ((wxListBox*)id)->FindString(prefix);
}
void ListBox::GetValue(int n, char *value, int len) {
wxString text = ((wxListBox*)id)->GetString(n);
strncpy(value, text.c_str(), len);
value[len-1] = '\0';
}
void ListBox::Sort() {
// wxWindows keeps sorted so no need to sort
}
Menu::Menu() : id(0) {
}
void Menu::CreatePopUp() {
Destroy();
id = new wxMenu();
}
void Menu::Destroy() {
if (id)
delete id;
id = 0;
}
void Menu::Show(Point pt, Window &w) {
w.GetID()->PopupMenu(id, pt.x - 4, pt.y);
Destroy();
}
Colour Platform::Chrome() {
wxColour c;
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE);
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
}
Colour Platform::ChromeHighlight() {
wxColour c;
c = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
return Colour(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue());
}
const char *Platform::DefaultFont() {
return wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFaceName();
}
int Platform::DefaultFontSize() {
return 8;
}
unsigned int Platform::DoubleClickTime() {
return 500; // **** ::GetDoubleClickTime();
}
void Platform::DebugDisplay(const char *s) {
wxLogDebug(s);
}
bool Platform::IsKeyDown(int key) {
return false; // I don't think we'll need this.
}
long Platform::SendScintilla(WindowID w,
unsigned int msg,
unsigned long wParam,
long lParam) {
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc = (wxStyledTextCtrl*)w;
return stc->SendMsg(msg, wParam, lParam);
}
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
int Platform::Minimum(int a, int b) {
if (a < b)
return a;
else
return b;
}
int Platform::Maximum(int a, int b) {
if (a > b)
return a;
else
return b;
}
#define TRACE
void Platform::DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...) {
#ifdef TRACE
char buffer[2000];
va_list pArguments;
va_start(pArguments, format);
vsprintf(buffer,format,pArguments);
va_end(pArguments);
Platform::DebugDisplay(buffer);
#endif
}
int Platform::Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal) {
if (val > maxVal)
val = maxVal;
if (val < minVal)
val = minVal;
return val;
}

47
src/stc/README.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
This contrib is the wxStyledTextCtrl, which is a wrapper around the
Scintilla edit control. (See www.scintilla.org)
There is still VERY MUCH to be done, most notable of which is a more
advanced sample that exercises more of the code. (I havn't tested
AutoComplete or CallTips, or most of the event types at all yet.) And
also documentation, adding wrappers for some new scintilla
functionality, building and testing on wxGTK, etc. Be patient, it all
will get there soon.
Let me describe a bit about the architecture I am implementing...
Obviously there is the Platform layer which implements the varioius
platform classes by using wxWindows classes and filling in where
needed. Then there is a ScintillaWX class that is derived from
ScintillaBase and implements the necessary virtual methods that
Scintilla needs to fully funciton. This class however is not meant to
ever be used directly by wx programmers. I call it one end of the
bridge between the wx and Scintilla worlds. The other end of the
bridge is a class called wxStyledTextCtrl that looks, feels and acts
like other classes in wxWindows. Here is a diagram:
+------------------+ +-------------------+
| wxStyledTextCtrl |--bridge--| ScintillaWX |
+------------------+ +-------------------+
| ScintillaBase |
+-------------------+
| Editor |
+-------------------+
| PlatWX |
+-------------------+
wxStyledTextCtrl derives from wxControl so it has a window that can be
drawn upon. When a wxStyledTextCtrl is constructed it constructs a
ScintillaWX for itself and passes itself to the scintilla object to be
set as the wMain and wDraw attributes. All method calls on the STC
are sent over the bridge in the form of calls to ScintiallWX::WndProc.
All notifications are sent back over the bridge and turned into
wxEvents.
Robin

457
src/stc/ScintillaWX.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: ScintillaWX.cxx
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
// PlatformWX.cxx This class is one end of a bridge between
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "ScintillaWX.h"
#include "wx/stc/stc.h"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
const int H_SCROLL_MAX = 2000;
const int H_SCROLL_STEP = 20;
const int H_SCROLL_PAGE = 200;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper classes
class wxSTCTimer : public wxTimer {
public:
wxSTCTimer(ScintillaWX* swx) {
this->swx = swx;
}
void Notify() {
swx->DoTick();
}
private:
ScintillaWX* swx;
};
bool wxSTCDropTarget::OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data) {
return swx->DoDropText(x, y, data);
}
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return swx->DoDragEnter(x, y, def);
}
wxDragResult wxSTCDropTarget::OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return swx->DoDragOver(x, y, def);
}
void wxSTCDropTarget::OnLeave() {
swx->DoDragLeave();
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constructor/Destructor
ScintillaWX::ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win) {
capturedMouse = false;
wMain = win;
wDraw = win;
stc = win;
Initialise();
}
ScintillaWX::~ScintillaWX() {
SetTicking(false);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// base class virtuals
void ScintillaWX::Initialise() {
//ScintillaBase::Initialise();
dropTarget.SetScintilla(this);
stc->SetDropTarget(&dropTarget);
}
void ScintillaWX::Finalise() {
ScintillaBase::Finalise();
}
void ScintillaWX::StartDrag() {
wxDropSource source;
wxTextDataObject data(dragChars);
wxDragResult result;
source.SetData(data);
result = source.DoDragDrop(TRUE);
if (result == wxDragMove && dropWentOutside)
ClearSelection();
inDragDrop = FALSE;
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetTicking(bool on) {
wxSTCTimer* steTimer;
if (timer.ticking != on) {
timer.ticking = on;
if (timer.ticking) {
steTimer = new wxSTCTimer(this);
steTimer->Start(timer.tickSize);
timer.tickerID = (int)steTimer;
} else {
steTimer = (wxSTCTimer*)timer.tickerID;
steTimer->Stop();
delete steTimer;
timer.tickerID = 0;
}
}
timer.ticksToWait = caret.period;
}
void ScintillaWX::SetMouseCapture(bool on) {
if (on)
wMain.GetID()->CaptureMouse();
else
wMain.GetID()->ReleaseMouse();
capturedMouse = on;
}
bool ScintillaWX::HaveMouseCapture() {
return capturedMouse;
}
void ScintillaWX::ScrollText(int linesToMove) {
int dy = vs.lineHeight * (linesToMove);
// TODO: calculate the rectangle to refreshed...
wMain.GetID()->ScrollWindow(0, dy);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetVerticalScrollPos() {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, topLine);
}
void ScintillaWX::SetHorizontalScrollPos() {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, xOffset);
}
bool ScintillaWX::ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) {
bool modified = false;
int sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxVERTICAL);
int sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxVERTICAL);
int sbPos = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL);
if (sbMax != nMax || sbThumb != nPage) {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxVERTICAL, sbPos, nPage, nMax);
modified = true;
}
sbMax = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollRange(wxHORIZONTAL);
sbThumb = wMain.GetID()->GetScrollThumb(wxHORIZONTAL);
if ((sbMax != H_SCROLL_MAX) || (sbThumb != H_SCROLL_STEP)) {
wMain.GetID()->SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, 0, H_SCROLL_STEP, H_SCROLL_MAX);
modified = true;
}
return modified;
}
void ScintillaWX::NotifyChange() {
stc->NotifyChange();
}
void ScintillaWX::NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) {
stc->NotifyParent(&scn);
}
void ScintillaWX::Copy() {
if (currentPos != anchor) {
char* text = CopySelectionRange();
textDO.SetText(text);
wxTheClipboard->Open();
wxTheClipboard->SetData(&textDO);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
}
}
void ScintillaWX::Paste() {
pdoc->BeginUndoAction();
ClearSelection();
wxTextDataObject data;
bool canPaste;
wxTheClipboard->Open();
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
if (canPaste) {
wxString str = data.GetText();
int len = str.Length();
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, str.c_str(), len);
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + len);
}
pdoc->EndUndoAction();
NotifyChange();
Redraw();
}
bool ScintillaWX::CanPaste() {
wxTextDataObject data;
bool canPaste;
wxTheClipboard->Open();
canPaste = wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
wxTheClipboard->Close();
return canPaste;
}
void ScintillaWX::CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle) {
ct.wCallTip = new wxWindow(wDraw.GetID(), -1);
ct.wDraw = ct.wCallTip;
}
void ScintillaWX::AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd, bool enabled) {
if (!label[0])
popup.GetID()->AppendSeparator();
else
popup.GetID()->Append(cmd, label);
if (!enabled)
popup.GetID()->Enable(cmd, enabled);
// TODO: need to create event handler mappings for the cmd ID
}
void ScintillaWX::ClaimSelection() {
}
LRESULT ScintillaWX::DefWndProc(UINT /*iMessage*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/) {
return 0;
}
LRESULT ScintillaWX::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
switch (iMessage) {
case EM_CANPASTE:
return CanPaste();
default:
return ScintillaBase::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
}
return 0;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Event delegates
void ScintillaWX::DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect) {
paintState = painting;
Surface surfaceWindow;
surfaceWindow.Init(dc);
PRectangle rcPaint = PRectangleFromwxRect(rect);
dc->BeginDrawing();
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
dc->EndDrawing();
surfaceWindow.Release();
if (paintState == paintAbandoned) {
// Painting area was insufficient to cover new styling or brace highlight positions
FullPaint();
}
paintState = notPainting;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoHScroll(int type, int pos) {
int xPos = xOffset;
switch (type) {
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
xPos -= H_SCROLL_STEP;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
xPos += H_SCROLL_STEP;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
xPos -= H_SCROLL_PAGE;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
xPos += H_SCROLL_PAGE;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
xPos = 0;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
xPos = H_SCROLL_MAX;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
xPos = pos;
break;
}
HorizontalScrollTo(xPos);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoVScroll(int type, int pos) {
int topLineNew = topLine;
switch (type) {
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP:
topLineNew -= 1;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN:
topLineNew += 1;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP:
topLineNew -= LinesToScroll();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN:
topLineNew += LinesToScroll();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP:
topLineNew = 0;
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM:
topLineNew = MaxScrollPos();
break;
case wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK:
topLineNew = pos;
break;
}
ScrollTo(topLineNew);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoSize(int width, int height) {
PRectangle rcClient(0,0,width,height);
SetScrollBarsTo(rcClient);
DropGraphics();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoLoseFocus(){
DropCaret();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoGainFocus(){
ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoSysColourChange() {
InvalidateStyleData();
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl) {
ButtonUp(pt, curTime, ctrl);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoButtonMove(Point pt) {
ButtonMove(pt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoAddChar(char ch) {
AddChar(ch);
}
int ScintillaWX::DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
return KeyDown(key, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoCommand(int ID) {
Command(ID);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoContextMenu(Point pt) {
ContextMenu(pt);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ScintillaWX::DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data) {
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
int movePos = PositionFromLocation(Point(x,y));
DropAt(movePos, data, dragResult == wxDragMove, FALSE); // TODO: rectangular?
return TRUE;
}
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
return def;
}
wxDragResult ScintillaWX::DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) {
SetDragPosition(PositionFromLocation(Point(x, y)));
dragResult = def;
return def;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoDragLeave() {
SetDragPosition(invalidPosition);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redraw all of text area. This paint will not be abandoned.
void ScintillaWX::FullPaint() {
paintState = painting;
rcPaint = GetTextRectangle();
wxClientDC dc(wMain.GetID());
Surface surfaceWindow;
surfaceWindow.Init(&dc);
Paint(&surfaceWindow, rcPaint);
surfaceWindow.Release();
paintState = notPainting;
}
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToLine(int line) {
ScrollTo(line);
}
void ScintillaWX::DoScrollToColumn(int column) {
HorizontalScrollTo(column * vs.spaceWidth);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------

148
src/stc/ScintillaWX.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: ScintillaWX.h
// Purpose: A wxWindows implementation of Scintilla. A class derived
// from ScintillaBase that uses the "wx platform" defined in
// PlatWX.cpp. This class is one end of a bridge between
// the wx world and the Scintilla world. It needs a peer
// object of type wxStyledTextCtrl to function.
//
// Author: Robin Dunn
//
// Created: 13-Jan-2000
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
// Licence: wxWindows license
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __ScintillaWX_h__
#define __ScintillaWX_h__
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
#include "SciLexer.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "KeyWords.h"
#endif
#include "ContractionState.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
#include "Document.h"
#include "Editor.h"
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
#include <wx/wx.h>
#include <wx/dataobj.h>
#include <wx/clipbrd.h>
#include <wx/dnd.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxStyledTextCtrl; // forward
class ScintillaWX;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper classes
class wxSTCDropTarget : public wxTextDropTarget {
public:
void SetScintilla(ScintillaWX* swx) {
this->swx = swx;
}
bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& data);
wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
void OnLeave();
private:
ScintillaWX* swx;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class ScintillaWX : public ScintillaBase {
public:
ScintillaWX(wxStyledTextCtrl* win);
~ScintillaWX();
// base class virtuals
virtual void Initialise();
virtual void Finalise();
virtual void StartDrag();
virtual void SetTicking(bool on);
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on);
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture();
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos();
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos();
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage);
virtual void Copy();
virtual void Paste();
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc);
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd = 0, bool enabled = true);
virtual void ClaimSelection();
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
virtual void NotifyChange();
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn);
// Event delegates
void DoPaint(wxDC* dc, wxRect rect);
void DoHScroll(int type, int pos);
void DoVScroll(int type, int pos);
void DoSize(int width, int height);
void DoLoseFocus();
void DoGainFocus();
void DoSysColourChange();
void DoButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void DoButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
void DoButtonMove(Point pt);
void DoAddChar(char ch);
int DoKeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void DoTick() { Tick(); }
bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
wxDragResult DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
void DoDragLeave();
void DoCommand(int ID);
void DoContextMenu(Point pt);
// helpers
void FullPaint();
bool CanPaste();
bool GetHideSelection() { return hideSelection; }
void DoScrollToLine(int line);
void DoScrollToColumn(int column);
private:
bool capturedMouse;
wxStyledTextCtrl* stc;
wxTextDataObject textDO;
wxSTCDropTarget dropTarget;
wxDragResult dragResult;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif

106
src/stc/makefile.vc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
# File: makefile.vc For stectrl
# Author: Robin Dunn
# Created: 1-Feb-2000
# Updated:
# Set WXDIR for your system
WXDIR = $(WXWIN)
SCINTILLA=.\scintilla
S=$(SCINTILLA)\src
EXTRAINC=-D__WX__ -DSCI_LEXER -I$(SCINTILLA)/include -I$(S) -I. -I$(WXDIR)\contrib\include
NOPCH=1
!include $(WXDIR)\src\makevc.env
OBJECTS = \
$(D)\Accessor.obj \
$(D)\AutoComplete.obj \
$(D)\CallTip.obj \
$(D)\CellBuffer.obj \
$(D)\ContractionState.obj\
$(D)\Document.obj \
$(D)\Editor.obj \
$(D)\Indicator.obj \
$(D)\KeyMap.obj \
$(D)\KeyWords.obj \
$(D)\LineMarker.obj \
$(D)\PropSet.obj \
$(D)\ScintillaBase.obj \
$(D)\Style.obj \
$(D)\ViewStyle.obj \
\
$(D)\PlatWX.obj \
$(D)\ScintillaWX.obj \
$(D)\stc.obj \
LIBTARGET = $(WXDIR)\contrib\lib\stc$(LIBEXT).lib
all: $(D) $(LIBTARGET)
$(D) :
mkdir $(D)
wx:
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
nmake -f makefile.vc FINAL=$(FINAL)
cd $(THISDIR)
wxclean:
cd $(WXDIR)\src\msw
nmake -f makefile.vc clean
cd $(THISDIR)
$(LIBTARGET): $(OBJECTS)
-erase $(LIBTARGET)
$(implib) @<<
-out:$(LIBTARGET)
-machine:$(CPU)
$(OBJECTS)
<<
$(PROGRAM).exe: $(D)\$(PROGRAM).obj $(DUMMYOBJ) $(WXLIB) $(LIBTARGET) $(PROGRAM).res
$(link) @<<
-out:$(PROGRAM).exe
$(LINKFLAGS)
$(DUMMYOBJ) $(D)\$(PROGRAM).obj $(LIBTARGET) $(PROGRAM).res
$(LIBS)
<<
$(PROGRAM).res : $(PROGRAM).rc $(WXDIR)\include\wx\msw\wx.rc
$(rc) -r /i$(WXDIR)\include -fo$@ $(PROGRAM).rc
{$(S)}.cxx{$(D)}.obj:
$(cc) @<<
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
<<
{}.cpp{$(D)}.obj:
$(cc) @<<
$(CPPFLAGS) /c /Fo$@ /Tp $<
<<
show:
@echo $(CPPFLAGS)
clean:
-erase $(D)\*.obj
-erase *.sbr
-erase *.exe
-erase *.res
-erase *.map
-erase *.pdb
-erase $(LIBTARGET)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
This directory contains copies of the scintilla/src and
scintilla/include directories from the Scintilla/SCiTE source
distribution. All other code needed to implement Scintilla on top of
wxWindows is located in the directory above this one.
The current version of the Scintilla code is somewhere between 1.22
and 1.23, (from their CVS.)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// Accessor.h - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
class Accessor {
protected:
// bufferSize is a trade off between time taken to copy the characters and SendMessage overhead
// slopSize positions the buffer before the desired position in case there is some backtracking
enum {bufferSize=4000, slopSize=bufferSize/8};
char buf[bufferSize+1];
WindowID id;
PropSet &props;
int startPos;
int endPos;
int lenDoc;
int offset; // Optional but including an offset makes GCC generate better code
void Fill(int position);
public:
Accessor(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
id(id_), props(props_), startPos(0x7FFFFFFF), endPos(0),
lenDoc(-1), offset(offset_) {
}
char operator[](int position) {
position += offset;
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
Fill(position);
}
return buf[position - startPos];
}
char SafeGetCharAt(int position, char chDefault=' ') {
// Safe version of operator[], returning a defined value for invalid position
position += offset;
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
Fill(position);
if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) {
// Position is outside range of document
return chDefault;
}
}
return buf[position - startPos];
}
char StyleAt(int position);
int GetLine(int position);
int LineStart(int line);
int LevelAt(int line);
int Length();
void Flush() {
startPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;
lenDoc = -1;
}
int GetLineState(int line);
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
PropSet &GetPropSet() { return props; }
};
class StylingContext : public Accessor {
char styleBuf[bufferSize];
int validLen;
char chFlags;
char chWhile;
unsigned int startSeg;
public:
StylingContext(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_, int offset_=0) :
Accessor(id_,props_,offset_), validLen(0), chFlags(0) {}
void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31);
void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_) {chFlags = chFlags_; chWhile = chWhile_; };
void ColourSegment(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, int chAttr);
unsigned int GetStartSegment() { return startSeg; }
void StartSegment(unsigned int pos);
void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr);
int GetLine(int position);
void SetLevel(int line, int level);
void Flush();
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// KeyWords.h - colourise for particular languages
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
void ColouriseDoc(int codePage, int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle,
int language, WordList *keywordlists[], StylingContext &styler);

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Platform.h - interface to platform facilities
// Also includes some basic utilities
// Implemented in PlatGTK.cxx for GTK+/Linux, PlatWin.cxx for Windows, and PlatWX.cxx for wxWindows
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef PLATFORM_H
#define PLATFORM_H
// PLAT_GTK = GTK+ on Linux, PLAT_WIN = Win32 API on Win32 OS
// PLAT_WX is wxWindows on any supported platform
// Could also have PLAT_GTKWIN = GTK+ on Win32 OS in future
#define PLAT_GTK 0
#define PLAT_WIN 0
#define PLAT_WX 0
#if defined(__WX__)
#undef PLAT_WX
#define PLAT_WX 1
#elif defined(GTK)
#undef PLAT_GTK
#define PLAT_GTK 1
#else
#undef PLAT_WIN
#define PLAT_WIN 1
#endif
// Include the main header for each platform
#if PLAT_GTK
#include <gtk/gtk.h>
#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
#endif
#if PLAT_WIN
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0400 // Otherwise some required stuff gets ifdef'd out
// Vassili Bourdo: shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings:
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4800 4244 4309)
#endif
#include <windows.h>
#include <richedit.h>
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#include <wx/wx.h>
#endif
// Underlying the implementation of the platform classes are platform specific types.
// Sometimes these need to be passed around by client code so they are defined here
#if PLAT_GTK
typedef GdkColor ColourID;
typedef GdkFont* FontID;
typedef GdkDrawable* SurfaceID;
typedef GtkWidget* WindowID;
typedef GtkItemFactory* MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_WIN
typedef COLORREF ColourID;
typedef HFONT FontID;
typedef HDC SurfaceID;
typedef HWND WindowID;
typedef HMENU MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
typedef wxColour ColourID;
typedef wxFont* FontID;
typedef wxDC* SurfaceID;
typedef wxWindow* WindowID;
typedef wxMenu* MenuID;
#endif
#if PLAT_GTK || PLAT_WX
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
#endif
// Point is exactly the same as the Win32 POINT and GTK+ GdkPoint so can be used interchangeably
class Point {
public:
int x;
int y;
Point(int x_=0, int y_=0) : x(x_), y(y_) {
}
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
static Point FromLong(long lpoint);
};
// PRectangle is exactly the same as the Win32 RECT so can be used interchangeably
// PRectangles contain their top and left sides, but not their right and bottom sides
class PRectangle {
public:
int left;
int top;
int right;
int bottom;
PRectangle(int left_=0, int top_=0, int right_=0, int bottom_ = 0) :
left(left_), top(top_), right(right_), bottom(bottom_) {
}
// Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine
bool Contains(Point pt) {
return (pt.x >= left) && (pt.x <= right) &&
(pt.y >= top) && (pt.y <= bottom);
}
bool Contains(PRectangle rc) {
return (rc.left >= left) && (rc.right <= right) &&
(rc.top >= top) && (rc.bottom <= bottom);
}
bool Intersects(PRectangle other) {
return (right >= other.left) && (left <= other.right) &&
(bottom >= other.top) && (top <= other.bottom);
}
int Width() { return right - left; }
int Height() { return bottom - top; }
};
#if PLAT_WX
wxRect wxRectFromPRectangle(PRectangle prc);
PRectangle PRectangleFromwxRect(wxRect rc);
#endif
class Colour {
ColourID co;
public:
Colour(long lcol=0);
Colour(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue);
bool operator==(const Colour &other) const;
long AsLong() const;
unsigned int GetRed();
unsigned int GetGreen();
unsigned int GetBlue();
friend class Surface;
friend class Palette;
};
// Colour pairs hold a desired colour and the colour that the graphics engine
// allocates to approximate the desired colour.
// To make palette management more automatic, ColourPairs could register at
// construction time with a palette management object.
struct ColourPair {
Colour desired;
Colour allocated;
ColourPair(Colour desired_=Colour(0,0,0)) {
desired = desired_;
allocated = desired;
}
};
class Window; // Forward declaration for Palette
class Palette {
int used;
enum {numEntries = 100};
ColourPair entries[numEntries];
#if PLAT_GTK
GdkColor *allocatedPalette;
int allocatedLen;
#elif PLAT_WIN
HPALETTE hpal;
#elif PLAT_WX
// wxPalette* pal; // **** Is this needed?
#endif
public:
bool allowRealization;
Palette();
~Palette();
void Release();
// This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true)
// or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair.
// This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync.
void WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want);
void Allocate(Window &w);
friend class Surface;
};
class Font {
FontID id;
#if PLAT_WX
int ascent;
#endif
// Private so Font objects can not be copied
Font(const Font &) {}
Font &operator=(const Font &) { id=0; return *this; }
public:
Font();
~Font();
void Create(const char *faceName, int size, bool bold=false, bool italic=false);
void Release();
FontID GetID() { return id; }
friend class Surface;
};
// A surface abstracts a place to draw
class Surface {
private:
#if PLAT_GTK
GdkDrawable *drawable;
GdkGC *gc;
GdkPixmap *ppixmap;
int x;
int y;
bool inited;
bool createdGC;
#elif PLAT_WIN
HDC hdc;
bool hdcOwned;
HPEN pen;
HPEN penOld;
HBRUSH brush;
HBRUSH brushOld;
HFONT font;
HFONT fontOld;
HBITMAP bitmap;
HBITMAP bitmapOld;
HPALETTE paletteOld;
#elif PLAT_WX
wxDC* hdc;
bool hdcOwned;
wxBitmap* bitmap;
int x;
int y;
#endif
// Private so Surface objects can not be copied
Surface(const Surface &) {}
Surface &operator=(const Surface &) { return *this; }
#if PLAT_WIN || PLAT_WX
void BrushColor(Colour back);
void SetFont(Font &font_);
#endif
public:
Surface();
~Surface();
void Init();
void Init(SurfaceID hdc_);
void InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_);
void Release();
bool Initialised();
void PenColour(Colour fore);
int LogPixelsY();
void MoveTo(int x_, int y_);
void LineTo(int x_, int y_);
void Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, Colour fore, Colour back);
void RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour back);
void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern);
void RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void Ellipse(PRectangle rc, Colour fore, Colour back);
void Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource);
void DrawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
void DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, Colour fore, Colour back);
void MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, int *positions);
int WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len);
int WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch);
int Ascent(Font &font_);
int Descent(Font &font_);
int InternalLeading(Font &font_);
int ExternalLeading(Font &font_);
int Height(Font &font_);
int AverageCharWidth(Font &font_);
int SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround);
void SetClip(PRectangle rc);
};
// Class to hide the details of window manipulation
// Does not own the window which will normally have a longer life than this object
class Window {
friend class ListBox;
protected:
WindowID id;
public:
Window() : id(0) {}
virtual ~Window();
Window &operator=(WindowID id_) {
id = id_;
return *this;
}
WindowID GetID() { return id; }
bool Created() { return id != 0; }
void Destroy();
bool HasFocus();
PRectangle GetPosition();
void SetPosition(PRectangle rc);
void SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window relativeTo);
PRectangle GetClientPosition();
void Show(bool show=true);
void InvalidateAll();
void InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc);
void SetFont(Font &font);
enum Cursor { cursorText, cursorArrow, cursorUp, cursorWait, cursorHoriz, cursorVert, cursorReverseArrow };
void SetCursor(Cursor curs);
void SetTitle(const char *s);
#if PLAT_WIN
LRESULT SendMessage(UINT msg, WPARAM wParam=0, LPARAM lParam=0);
int GetDlgCtrlID();
HINSTANCE GetInstance();
#endif
};
class ListBox : public Window {
#if PLAT_GTK
WindowID list;
WindowID scroller;
int current;
#endif
public:
ListBox();
virtual ~ListBox();
ListBox &operator=(WindowID id_) {
id = id_;
return *this;
}
void Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID);
void Clear();
void Append(char *s);
int Length();
void Select(int n);
int GetSelection();
int Find(const char *prefix);
void GetValue(int n, char *value, int len);
void Sort();
};
class Menu {
MenuID id;
public:
Menu();
MenuID GetID() { return id; }
void CreatePopUp();
void Destroy();
void Show(Point pt, Window &w);
};
// Platform class used to retrieve system wide parameters such as double click speed
// and chrome colour. Not a creatable object, more of a module with several functions.
class Platform {
// Private so Platform objects can not be copied
Platform(const Platform &) {}
Platform &operator=(const Platform &) { return *this; }
public:
// Should be private because no new Platforms are ever created
// but gcc warns about this
Platform() {}
~Platform() {}
static Colour Chrome();
static Colour ChromeHighlight();
static const char *DefaultFont();
static int DefaultFontSize();
static unsigned int DoubleClickTime();
static void DebugDisplay(const char *s);
static bool IsKeyDown(int key);
static long SendScintilla(
WindowID w, unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam=0, long lParam=0);
// These are utility functions not really tied to a platform
static int Minimum(int a, int b);
static int Maximum(int a, int b);
static void DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...);
static int Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// PropSet.h - a java style properties file module
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef PROPSET_H
#define PROPSET_H
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b);
// Define another string class.
// While it would be 'better' to use std::string, that doubles the executable size.
inline char *StringDup(const char *s) {
if (!s)
return 0;
char *sNew = new char[strlen(s) + 1];
if (sNew)
strcpy(sNew, s);
return sNew;
}
class SString {
char *s;
public:
SString() {
s = 0;
}
SString(const SString &source) {
s = StringDup(source.s);
}
SString(const char *s_) {
s = StringDup(s_);
}
SString(int i) {
char number[100];
sprintf(number, "%0d", i);
//itoa(i, number, 10);
s = StringDup(number);
}
~SString() {
delete []s;
s = 0;
}
SString &operator=(const SString &source) {
if (this != &source) {
delete []s;
s = StringDup(source.s);
}
return *this;
}
bool operator==(const SString &other) const {
if ((s == 0) && (other.s == 0))
return true;
if ((s == 0) || (other.s == 0))
return false;
return strcmp(s, other.s) == 0;
}
bool operator==(const char *sother) const {
if ((s == 0) && (sother == 0))
return true;
if ((s == 0) || (sother == 0))
return false;
return strcmp(s, sother) == 0;
}
const char *c_str() const {
if (s)
return s;
else
return "";
}
int length() const {
if (s)
return strlen(s);
else
return 0;
}
char operator[](int i) {
if (s)
return s[i];
else
return '\0';
}
SString &operator +=(const char *sother) {
int len = length();
int lenOther = strlen(sother);
char *sNew = new char[len + lenOther + 1];
if (sNew) {
if (s)
memcpy(sNew, s, len);
memcpy(sNew + len, sother, lenOther);
sNew[len + lenOther] = '\0';
delete []s;
s = sNew;
}
return *this;
}
int value() {
if (s)
return atoi(s);
else
return 0;
}
};
class PropSet {
private:
char **vals;
int size;
int used;
public:
PropSet *superPS;
PropSet();
~PropSet();
void EnsureCanAddEntry();
void Set(const char *key, const char *val);
void Set(char *keyval);
SString Get(const char *key);
int GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0);
SString GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
SString GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename);
void Clear();
void ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len);
void Read(const char *filename);
};
// This is a fixed length list of strings suitable for display in combo boxes
// as a memory of user entries
template<int sz>
class EntryMemory {
SString entries[sz];
public:
void Insert(SString s) {
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++) {
if (entries[i] == s) {
for (int j=i;j>0;j--) {
entries[j] = entries[j-1];
}
entries[0] = s;
return;
}
}
for (int k=sz-1;k>0;k--) {
entries[k] = entries[k-1];
}
entries[0] = s;
}
int Length() const {
int len = 0;
for (int i=0;i<sz;i++)
if (entries[i].length())
len++;
return len;
}
SString At(int n) const {
return entries[n];
}
};
class WordList {
public:
// Each word contains at least one character - a empty word acts as sentinal at the end.
char **words;
char *list;
int len;
bool onlyLineEnds; // Delimited by any white space or only line ends
int starts[256];
WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) :
words(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_) {}
~WordList() { Clear(); }
operator bool() { return list; }
const char *operator[](int ind) { return words[ind]; }
void Clear();
void Set(const char *s);
char *Allocate(int size);
void SetFromAllocated();
bool InList(const char *s);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// SciLexer - interface to the added lexer functions in the SciLexer version of the edit control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCILEXER_H
#define SCILEXER_H
// SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla
#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0
#define SCLEX_NULL 1
#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2
#define SCLEX_CPP 3
#define SCLEX_HTML 4
#define SCLEX_XML 5
#define SCLEX_PERL 6
#define SCLEX_SQL 7
#define SCLEX_VB 8
#define SCLEX_PROPERTIES 9
#define SCLEX_ERRORLIST 10
#define SCLEX_MAKEFILE 11
#define SCLEX_BATCH 12
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1
#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2
#define SCE_P_STRING 3
#define SCE_P_CHARACTER 4
#define SCE_P_WORD 5
#define SCE_P_TRIPLE 6
#define SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
#define SCE_P_CLASSNAME 8
#define SCE_P_DEFNAME 9
#define SCE_P_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11
// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_VB
#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1
#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2
#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOC 3
#define SCE_C_NUMBER 4
#define SCE_C_WORD 5
#define SCE_C_STRING 6
#define SCE_C_CHARACTER 7
#define SCE_C_PUNTUATION 8
#define SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11
#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12
// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_xML
#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_H_TAG 1
#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
#define SCE_H_NUMBER 5
#define SCE_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
#define SCE_H_SINGLESTRING 7
#define SCE_H_OTHER 8
#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9
#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10
// Embedded Javascript
#define SCE_HJ_START 11
#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 12
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 13
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTLINE 14
#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTDOC 15
#define SCE_HJ_NUMBER 16
#define SCE_HJ_WORD 17
#define SCE_HJ_KEYWORD 18
#define SCE_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 19
#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 20
#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 21
#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 28
// XML and ASP
#define SCE_H_TAGEND 22
#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 23
#define SCE_H_XMLEND 24
#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 25
#define SCE_H_ASP 26
#define SCE_H_ASPAT 27
// Embedded VBScript
#define SCE_HB_START 40
#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 41
#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 42
#define SCE_HB_NUMBER 43
#define SCE_HB_WORD 44
#define SCE_HB_STRING 45
#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 46
#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 47
// Embedded Python
#define SCE_HP_START 50
#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 51
#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 52
#define SCE_HP_NUMBER 53
#define SCE_HP_STRING 54
#define SCE_HP_CHARACTER 55
#define SCE_HP_WORD 56
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLE 57
#define SCE_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 58
#define SCE_HP_CLASSNAME 59
#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 60
#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 61
#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 62
// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0
#define SCE_PL_HERE 1
#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
#define SCE_PL_POD 3
#define SCE_PL_NUMBER 4
#define SCE_PL_WORD 5
#define SCE_PL_STRING 6
#define SCE_PL_CHARACTER 7
#define SCE_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
#define SCE_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
#define SCE_PL_OPERATOR 10
#define SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
#define SCE_PL_SCALAR 12
#define SCE_PL_ARRAY 13
#define SCE_PL_HASH 14
#define SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
#define SCE_PL_REF 16
#define SCE_PL_REGEX 17
#define SCE_PL_REGSUBST 18
#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20
#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Scintilla.h - interface to the edit control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCINTILLA_H
#define SCINTILLA_H
// Compile-time configuration options
#define MACRO_SUPPORT 1 // Comment out to remove macro hooks
#if PLAT_GTK
#include <gdk/gdk.h>
#include <gtk/gtkvbox.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject)
#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAS T (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass)
#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ())
typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject;
typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass;
struct _ScintillaObject
{
GtkFixed vbox;
void *pscin;
};
struct _ScintillaClass
{
GtkFixedClass parent_class;
void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt);
};
guint scintilla_get_type (void);
GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void);
void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci,int id);
long scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,int iMessage,int wParam,int lParam);
#include "WinDefs.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#include "WinDefs.h"
#endif
// Both GTK and Windows
#define INVALID_POSITION -1
// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all edit (EM_*) messages
// as many EM_ messages can be used.
#define SCI_START 2000
#define SCI_OPTIONAL_START 3000
#define SCI_LEXER_START 4000
#define SCI_ADDTEXT SCI_START + 1
#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 2
#define SCI_INSERTTEXT SCI_START + 3
#define SCI_CLEARALL SCI_START + 4
#define SCI_GETLENGTH SCI_START + 6
#define SCI_GETCHARAT SCI_START + 7
#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS SCI_START + 8
#define SCI_GETANCHOR SCI_START + 9
#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT SCI_START + 10
#define SCI_REDO SCI_START + 11
#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION SCI_START + 12
#define SCI_SELECTALL SCI_START + 13
#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT SCI_START + 14
#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT SCI_START + 15
#define SCI_CANREDO SCI_START + 16
#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE SCI_START + 17
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE SCI_START + 18
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_NONE 0
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_AUTOSTART 1
#define SCI_GETVIEWWS SCI_START + 20
#define SCI_SETVIEWWS SCI_START + 21
#define SCI_CHANGEPOSITION SCI_START + 22
#define SCI_GOTOLINE SCI_START + 24
#define SCI_GOTOPOS SCI_START + 25
#define SCI_SETANCHOR SCI_START + 26
#define SCI_GETCURLINE SCI_START + 27
#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED SCI_START + 28
#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS SCI_START + 29
#define SCI_GETEOLMODE SCI_START + 30
#define SCI_SETEOLMODE SCI_START + 31
#define SC_EOL_CRLF 0
#define SC_EOL_CR 1
#define SC_EOL_LF 2
#define SCI_STARTSTYLING SCI_START + 32
#define SCI_SETSTYLING SCI_START + 33
#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW SCI_START + 35
#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH SCI_START + 36
#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE SCI_START + 37
#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE SCI_START + 39
#define MARKER_MAX 31
#define SC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
#define SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
#define SC_MARK_ARROW 2
#define SC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
#define SC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
#define SC_MARK_EMPTY 5
#define SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
#define SC_MARK_MINUS 7
#define SC_MARK_PLUS 8
#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE SCI_START + 40
#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE SCI_START + 41
#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK SCI_START + 42
#define SCI_MARKERADD SCI_START + 43
#define SCI_MARKERDELETE SCI_START + 44
#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL SCI_START + 45
#define SCI_MARKERGET SCI_START + 46
#define SCI_MARKERNEXT SCI_START + 47
#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS SCI_START + 48
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS ((1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER) | (1<<SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN))
#define SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
#define SC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 240
#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN SCI_START + 241
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 242
#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN SCI_START + 243
#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 244
#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN SCI_START + 245
#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 246
#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN SCI_START + 247
#define STYLE_DEFAULT 32
#define STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
#define STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
#define STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
#define STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
#define STYLE_MAX 63
#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL SCI_START + 50
#define SCI_STYLESETFORE SCI_START + 51
#define SCI_STYLESETBACK SCI_START + 52
#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD SCI_START + 53
#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC SCI_START + 54
#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE SCI_START + 55
#define SCI_STYLESETFONT SCI_START + 56
#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED SCI_START + 57
#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT SCI_START + 58
#define SCI_SETSELFORE SCI_START + 67
#define SCI_SETSELBACK SCI_START + 68
#define SCI_SETCARETFORE SCI_START + 69
#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY SCI_START + 70
#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY SCI_START + 71
#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS SCI_START + 72
#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX SCI_START + 73
#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 75
#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD SCI_START + 76
#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS SCI_START + 77
#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION SCI_START + 78
#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION SCI_START + 79
#define INDIC_MAX 7
#define INDIC_PLAIN 0
#define INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
#define INDIC_TT 2
#define INDIC0_MASK 32
#define INDIC1_MASK 64
#define INDIC2_MASK 128
#define INDICS_MASK (INDIC0_MASK | INDIC1_MASK | INDIC2_MASK)
#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE SCI_START + 80
#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE SCI_START + 81
#define SCI_INDICSETFORE SCI_START + 82
#define SCI_INDICGETFORE SCI_START + 83
#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 90
#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS SCI_START + 91
#define SCI_SETLINESTATE SCI_START + 92
#define SCI_GETLINESTATE SCI_START + 93
#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE SCI_START + 94
#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW SCI_START + 100
#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL SCI_START + 101
#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE SCI_START + 102
#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART SCI_START + 103
#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE SCI_START + 104
#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS SCI_START + 105
#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW SCI_START + 200
#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL SCI_START + 201
#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE SCI_START + 202
#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART SCI_START + 203
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT SCI_START + 204
#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK SCI_START + 205
#define SC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
#define SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
#define SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
#define SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE SCI_START + 220
#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE SCI_START + 221
#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 222
#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL SCI_START + 223
#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD SCI_START + 224
#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT SCI_START + 225
#define SCI_SHOWLINES SCI_START + 226
#define SCI_HIDELINES SCI_START + 227
#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE SCI_START + 228
#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 229
#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED SCI_START + 230
#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD SCI_START + 231
#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE SCI_START + 232
#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS SCI_START + 233
// Key messages
#define SCI_LINEDOWN SCI_START + 300
#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 301
#define SCI_LINEUP SCI_START + 302
#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 303
#define SCI_CHARLEFT SCI_START + 304
#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 305
#define SCI_CHARRIGHT SCI_START + 306
#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 307
#define SCI_WORDLEFT SCI_START + 308
#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND SCI_START + 309
#define SCI_WORDRIGHT SCI_START + 310
#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND SCI_START + 311
#define SCI_HOME SCI_START + 312
#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 313
#define SCI_LINEEND SCI_START + 314
#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND SCI_START + 315
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART SCI_START + 316
#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND SCI_START + 317
#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND SCI_START + 318
#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND SCI_START + 319
#define SCI_PAGEUP SCI_START + 320
#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND SCI_START + 321
#define SCI_PAGEDOWN SCI_START + 322
#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND SCI_START + 323
#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE SCI_START + 324
#define SCI_CANCEL SCI_START + 325
#define SCI_DELETEBACK SCI_START + 326
#define SCI_TAB SCI_START + 327
#define SCI_BACKTAB SCI_START + 328
#define SCI_NEWLINE SCI_START + 329
#define SCI_FORMFEED SCI_START + 330
#define SCI_VCHOME SCI_START + 331
#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND SCI_START + 332
#define SCI_ZOOMIN SCI_START + 333
#define SCI_ZOOMOUT SCI_START + 334
#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT SCI_START + 335
#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT SCI_START + 336
#define SCI_LINELENGTH SCI_START + 350
#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT SCI_START + 351
#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT SCI_START + 352
#define SCI_BRACEMATCH SCI_START + 353
#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 355
#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL SCI_START + 356
#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 357
#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER SCI_START + 358
#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK SCI_START + 359
#define EDGE_NONE 0
#define EDGE_LINE 1
#define EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 360
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN SCI_START + 361
#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 362
#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE SCI_START + 363
#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 364
#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR SCI_START + 365
#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR SCI_START + 366
#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT SCI_START + 367
#define SCI_SEARCHPREV SCI_START + 368
#define CARET_SLOP 0x01 // Show caret within N lines of edge when it's scrolled to view
#define CARET_CENTER 0x02 // Center caret on screen when it's scrolled to view
#define CARET_STRICT 0x04 // OR this with CARET_CENTER to reposition even when visible, or
// OR this with CARET_SLOP to reposition whenever outside slop border
#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY SCI_START + 369
// GTK+ Specific
#define SCI_GRABFOCUS SCI_START + 400
// Optional module for macro recording
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
typedef void (tMacroRecorder)(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
void *userData);
#define SCI_STARTRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 1
#define SCI_STOPRECORD SCI_OPTIONAL_START + 2
#endif
#define SCI_SETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 1
#define SCI_GETLEXER SCI_LEXER_START + 2
#define SCI_COLOURISE SCI_LEXER_START + 3
#define SCI_SETPROPERTY SCI_LEXER_START + 4
#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS SCI_LEXER_START + 5
// Notifications
// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification
// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
#define SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
#define SC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
#define SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
#define SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
#define SC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
#define SC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
#define SC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
#define SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
#define SC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x377
struct SCNotification {
NMHDR nmhdr;
int position; // SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_MODIFIED
int ch; // SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY
int modifiers; // SCN_KEY
int modificationType; // SCN_MODIFIED
const char *text; // SCN_MODIFIED
int length; // SCN_MODIFIED
int linesAdded; // SCN_MODIFIED
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
int message; // SCN_MACRORECORD
int wParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
int lParam; // SCN_MACRORECORD
#endif
int line; // SCN_MODIFIED
int foldLevelNow; // SCN_MODIFIED
int foldLevelPrev; // SCN_MODIFIED
int margin; // SCN_MARGINCLICK
};
#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000
#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002
#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003
#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004
// GTK+ Specific to work around focus and accelerator problems:
#define SCN_KEY 2005
#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006
#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007
// The old name for SCN_UPDATEUI:
#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007
#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008
// Optional module for macro recording
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009
#endif
#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010
#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011
#ifdef STATIC_BUILD
void Scintilla_RegisterClasses(HINSTANCE hInstance);
#endif
// Deprecation section listing all API features that are deprecated and will
// will be removed completely in a future version.
// To enable these features define INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES
// Default style settings. These are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
#define SCI_SETFORE SCI_START + 60
#define SCI_SETBACK SCI_START + 61
#define SCI_SETBOLD SCI_START + 62
#define SCI_SETITALIC SCI_START + 63
#define SCI_SETSIZE SCI_START + 64
#define SCI_SETFONT SCI_START + 65
#define SCI_APPENDUNDOSTARTACTION SCI_START + 74
#define SC_UNDOCOLLECT_MANUALSTART 2
// Deprecated in release 1.22
#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTH SCI_START + 34
#define SCI_SETLINENUMBERWIDTH SCI_START + 38
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// WinDefs.h - the subset of definitions from Windows needed by Scintilla for GTK+
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef WINDEFS_H
#define WINDEFS_H
#define WORD short
#define WPARAM unsigned long
#define LPARAM long
#define LRESULT long
#define DWORD long
#define UINT unsigned int
#define LPSTR char *
#define LONG long
/* RTF control */
#define EM_CANPASTE (1074)
#define EM_CANUNDO (198)
#define EM_CHARFROMPOS (215)
#define EM_DISPLAYBAND (1075)
#define EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER (205)
#define EM_EXGETSEL (1076)
#define EM_EXLIMITTEXT (1077)
#define EM_EXLINEFROMCHAR (1078)
#define EM_EXSETSEL (1079)
#define EM_FINDTEXT (1080)
#define EM_FINDTEXTEX (1103)
#define EM_FINDWORDBREAK (1100)
#define EM_FMTLINES (200)
#define EM_FORMATRANGE (1081)
#define EM_GETCHARFORMAT (1082)
#define EM_GETEVENTMASK (1083)
#define EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE (206)
#define EM_GETHANDLE (189)
#define EM_GETLIMITTEXT (213)
#define EM_GETLINE (196)
#define EM_GETLINECOUNT (186)
#define EM_GETMARGINS (212)
#define EM_GETMODIFY (184)
#define EM_GETIMECOLOR (1129)
#define EM_GETIMEOPTIONS (1131)
#define EM_GETOPTIONS (1102)
#define EM_GETOLEINTERFACE (1084)
#define EM_GETPARAFORMAT (1085)
#define EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR (210)
#define EM_GETPUNCTUATION (1125)
#define EM_GETRECT (178)
#define EM_GETSEL (176)
#define EM_GETSELTEXT (1086)
#define EM_GETTEXTRANGE (1099)
#define EM_GETTHUMB (190)
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC (209)
#define EM_GETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1104)
#define EM_GETWORDWRAPMODE (1127)
#define EM_HIDESELECTION (1087)
#define EM_LIMITTEXT (197)
#define EM_LINEFROMCHAR (201)
#define EM_LINEINDEX (187)
#define EM_LINELENGTH (193)
#define EM_LINESCROLL (182)
#define EM_PASTESPECIAL (1088)
#define EM_POSFROMCHAR (214)
#define EM_REPLACESEL (194)
#define EM_REQUESTRESIZE (1089)
#define EM_SCROLL (181)
#define EM_SCROLLCARET (183)
#define EM_SELECTIONTYPE (1090)
#define EM_SETBKGNDCOLOR (1091)
#define EM_SETCHARFORMAT (1092)
#define EM_SETEVENTMASK (1093)
#define EM_SETHANDLE (188)
#define EM_SETIMECOLOR (1128)
#define EM_SETIMEOPTIONS (1130)
#define EM_SETLIMITTEXT (197)
#define EM_SETMARGINS (211)
#define EM_SETMODIFY (185)
#define EM_SETOLECALLBACK (1094)
#define EM_SETOPTIONS (1101)
#define EM_SETPARAFORMAT (1095)
#define EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR (204)
#define EM_SETPUNCTUATION (1124)
#define EM_SETREADONLY (207)
#define EM_SETRECT (179)
#define EM_SETRECTNP (180)
#define EM_SETSEL (177)
#define EM_SETTABSTOPS (203)
#define EM_SETTARGETDEVICE (1096)
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC (208)
#define EM_SETWORDBREAKPROCEX (1105)
#define EM_SETWORDWRAPMODE (1126)
#define EM_STREAMIN (1097)
#define EM_STREAMOUT (1098)
#define EM_UNDO (199)
#define WM_NULL (0)
#define WM_CLEAR (771)
#define WM_COMMAND (273)
#define WM_COPY (769)
#define WM_CUT (768)
#define WM_GETTEXT (13)
#define WM_GETTEXTLENGTH (14)
#define WM_NOTIFY (78)
#define WM_PASTE (770)
#define WM_SETTEXT (12)
#define WM_UNDO (772)
#define EN_CHANGE (768)
#define EN_KILLFOCUS (512)
#define EN_SETFOCUS (256)
#define EC_LEFTMARGIN 1
#define EC_RIGHTMARGIN 2
#define EC_USEFONTINFO 0xffff
#if PLAT_GTK
#define VK_DOWN GDK_Down
#define VK_UP GDK_Up
#define VK_LEFT GDK_Left
#define VK_RIGHT GDK_Right
#define VK_HOME GDK_Home
#define VK_END GDK_End
#define VK_PRIOR GDK_Page_Up
#define VK_NEXT GDK_Page_Down
#define VK_DELETE GDK_Delete
#define VK_INSERT GDK_Insert
#define VK_ESCAPE GDK_Escape
#define VK_BACK GDK_BackSpace
#define VK_TAB GDK_Tab
#define VK_RETURN GDK_Return
#define VK_ADD GDK_KP_Add
#define VK_SUBTRACT GDK_KP_Subtract
#endif
#if PLAT_WX
#define VK_DOWN WXK_DOWN
#define VK_UP WXK_UP
#define VK_LEFT WXK_LEFT
#define VK_RIGHT WXK_RIGHT
#define VK_HOME WXK_HOME
#define VK_END WXK_END
#define VK_PRIOR WXK_PRIOR
#define VK_NEXT WXK_NEXT
#define VK_DELETE WXK_DELETE
#define VK_INSERT WXK_INSERT
#define VK_ESCAPE WXK_ESCAPE
#define VK_BACK WXK_BACK
#define VK_TAB WXK_TAB
#define VK_RETURN WXK_RETURN
#define VK_ADD WXK_ADD
#define VK_SUBTRACT WXK_SUBTRACT
// Are these needed any more
#define LPSTR char *
#define LONG long
#define LPDWORD (long *)
#endif
/* SELCHANGE structure */
#define SEL_EMPTY (0)
#define SEL_TEXT (1)
#define SEL_OBJECT (2)
#define SEL_MULTICHAR (4)
#define SEL_MULTIOBJECT (8)
/* FINDREPLACE structure */
#define FR_MATCHCASE (0x4)
#define FR_WHOLEWORD (0x2)
#define FR_DOWN (0x1)
#define SHIFT_PRESSED 1
#define LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED 2
#define LEFT_ALT_PRESSED 4
struct RECT {
LONG left;
LONG top;
LONG right;
LONG bottom;
};
struct CHARRANGE {
LONG cpMin;
LONG cpMax;
};
struct TEXTRANGE {
CHARRANGE chrg;
LPSTR lpstrText;
};
struct FINDTEXTEX {
CHARRANGE chrg;
LPSTR lpstrText;
CHARRANGE chrgText;
};
struct NMHDR {
WindowID hwndFrom;
UINT idFrom;
UINT code;
};
struct FORMATRANGE {
SurfaceID hdc;
SurfaceID hdcTarget;
RECT rc;
RECT rcPage;
CHARRANGE chrg;
};
#define MAKELONG(a, b) ((a) | ((b) << 16))
#define LOWORD(x) (x & 0xffff)
#define HIWORD(x) (x >> 16)
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// Accessor.cxx - rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
void Accessor::Fill(int position) {
if (lenDoc == -1)
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
startPos = position - slopSize;
if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc)
startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize;
if (startPos < 0)
startPos = 0;
endPos = startPos + bufferSize;
if (endPos > lenDoc)
endPos = lenDoc;
TEXTRANGE tr = {{startPos, endPos}, buf};
Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_GETTEXTRANGE, 0, reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(&tr));
}
char Accessor::StyleAt(int position) {
return static_cast<char>(Platform::SendScintilla(
id, SCI_GETSTYLEAT, position, 0));
}
int Accessor::GetLine(int position) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
}
int Accessor::LineStart(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEINDEX, line, 0);
}
int Accessor::LevelAt(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line, 0);
}
int Accessor::Length() {
if (lenDoc == -1)
lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, WM_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0);
return lenDoc;
}
int Accessor::GetLineState(int line) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETLINESTATE, line);
}
int Accessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETLINESTATE, line, state);
}
void StylingContext::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_STARTSTYLING, start, chMask);
}
void StylingContext::ColourSegment(unsigned int start, unsigned int end, int chAttr) {
// Only perform styling if non empty range
if (end != start - 1) {
if (end < start) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad colour positions %d - %d\n", start, end);
}
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize)
Flush();
if (validLen + (end - start + 1) >= bufferSize) {
// Too big for buffer so send directly
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLING, end - start + 1, chAttr);
} else {
if (chAttr != chWhile)
chFlags = 0;
chAttr |= chFlags;
for (unsigned int i = start; i <= end; i++) {
styleBuf[validLen++] = chAttr;
}
}
}
}
void StylingContext::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) {
startSeg = pos;
}
void StylingContext::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) {
ColourSegment(startSeg, pos, chAttr);
startSeg = pos+1;
}
int StylingContext::GetLine(int position) {
return Platform::SendScintilla(id, EM_LINEFROMCHAR, position, 0);
}
void StylingContext::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL, line, level);
}
void StylingContext::Flush() {
if (validLen > 0) {
Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLINGEX, validLen,
reinterpret_cast<LPARAM>(styleBuf));
validLen = 0;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// AutoComplete.cxx - defines the auto completion list box
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
AutoComplete::AutoComplete() {
lb = 0;
active = false;
posStart = 0;
strcpy(stopChars, "");
}
AutoComplete::~AutoComplete() {
lb.Destroy();
}
bool AutoComplete::Active() {
return active;
}
void AutoComplete::Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_) {
if (!lb.Created()) {
lb.Create(parent, ctrlID);
}
lb.Clear();
active = true;
startLen = startLen_;
posStart = position;
}
void AutoComplete::SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_) {
strncpy(stopChars, stopChars_, sizeof(stopChars));
stopChars[sizeof(stopChars) - 1] = '\0';
}
bool AutoComplete::IsStopChar(char ch) {
return ch && strchr(stopChars, ch);
}
int AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) {
int maxStrLen = 12;
lb.Clear();
char *words = new char[strlen(list) + 1];
if (words) {
strcpy(words, list);
char *startword = words;
int i = 0;
for (; words && words[i]; i++) {
if (words[i] == ' ') {
words[i] = '\0';
lb.Append(startword);
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
startword = words + i + 1;
}
}
if (startword) {
lb.Append(startword);
maxStrLen = Platform::Maximum(maxStrLen, strlen(startword));
}
delete []words;
}
lb.Sort();
return maxStrLen;
}
void AutoComplete::Show() {
lb.Show();
lb.Select(0);
}
void AutoComplete::Cancel() {
if (lb.Created()) {
lb.Destroy();
lb = 0;
active = false;
}
}
void AutoComplete::Move(int delta) {
int count = lb.Length();
int current = lb.GetSelection();
current += delta;
if (current >= count)
current = count - 1;
if (current < 0)
current = 0;
lb.Select(current);
}
void AutoComplete::Select(const char *word) {
int pos = lb.Find(word);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Autocompleting at <%s> %d\n", wordCurrent, pos);
if (pos != -1)
lb.Select(pos);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// AutoComplete.h - defines the auto completion list box
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef AUTOCOMPLETE_H
#define AUTOCOMPLETE_H
class AutoComplete {
bool active;
char stopChars[256];
public:
ListBox lb;
int posStart;
int startLen;
AutoComplete();
~AutoComplete();
// Is the auto completion list displayed?
bool Active();
// Display the auto completion list positioned to be near a character position
void Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, int startLen_);
// The stop chars are characters which, when typed, cause the auto completion list to disappear
void SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_);
bool IsStopChar(char ch);
// The list string contains a sequence of words separated by spaces
int SetList(const char *list);
void Show();
void Cancel();
// Move the current list element by delta, scrolling appropriately
void Move(int delta);
// Select a list element that starts with word as the current element
void Select(const char *word);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CallTip.cxx - code for displaying call tips
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
CallTip::CallTip() {
wCallTip = 0;
inCallTipMode = false;
posStartCallTip = 0;
val = 0;
startHighlight = 0;
endHighlight = 0;
colourBG.desired = Colour(0xff, 0xff, 0xff);
colourUnSel.desired = Colour(0x80, 0x80, 0x80);
colourSel.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0x80);
colourShade.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
colourLight.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
}
CallTip::~CallTip() {
wCallTip.Destroy();
delete []val;
val = 0;
}
void CallTip::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
pal.WantFind(colourBG, want);
pal.WantFind(colourUnSel, want);
pal.WantFind(colourSel, want);
pal.WantFind(colourShade, want);
pal.WantFind(colourLight, want);
}
void CallTip::PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow) {
if (!val)
return;
PRectangle rcClientPos = wCallTip.GetClientPosition();
PRectangle rcClientSize(0, 0, rcClientPos.right - rcClientPos.left,
rcClientPos.bottom - rcClientPos.top);
PRectangle rcClient(1, 1, rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcClient, colourBG.allocated);
// To make a nice small call tip window, it is only sized to fit most normal characters without accents
int lineHeight = surfaceWindow->Height(font);
int ascent = surfaceWindow->Ascent(font) - surfaceWindow->InternalLeading(font);
// For each line...
// Draw the definition in three parts: before highlight, highlighted, after highlight
int ytext = rcClient.top + ascent + 1;
char *chunkVal = val;
bool moreChunks = true;
while (moreChunks) {
char *chunkEnd = strchr(chunkVal, '\n');
if (chunkEnd == NULL) {
chunkEnd = chunkVal + strlen(chunkVal);
moreChunks = false;
}
int chunkOffset = chunkVal - val;
int chunkLength = chunkEnd - chunkVal;
int chunkEndOffset = chunkOffset + chunkLength;
int thisStartHighlight = Platform::Maximum(startHighlight, chunkOffset);
thisStartHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisStartHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
thisStartHighlight -= chunkOffset;
int thisEndHighlight = Platform::Maximum(endHighlight, chunkOffset);
thisEndHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisEndHighlight, chunkEndOffset);
thisEndHighlight -= chunkOffset;
int x = 5;
int xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal, thisStartHighlight);
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.top = ytext - ascent - 1;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal, thisStartHighlight,
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
x = xEnd;
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisStartHighlight,
thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight);
rcClient.top = ytext;
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal + thisStartHighlight, thisEndHighlight - thisStartHighlight,
colourSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
x = xEnd;
xEnd = x + surfaceWindow->WidthText(font, chunkVal + thisEndHighlight,
chunkLength - thisEndHighlight);
rcClient.left = x;
rcClient.right = xEnd;
surfaceWindow->DrawText(rcClient, font, ytext,
chunkVal + thisEndHighlight, chunkLength - thisEndHighlight,
colourUnSel.allocated, colourBG.allocated);
chunkVal = chunkEnd + 1;
ytext += lineHeight;
}
// Draw a raised border around the edges of the window
surfaceWindow->MoveTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourShade.allocated);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, 0);
surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourLight.allocated);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, 0);
surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1);
}
PRectangle CallTip::CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
const char *faceName, int size) {
Surface surfaceMeasure;
surfaceMeasure.Init();
int deviceHeight = (size * surfaceMeasure.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
font.Create(faceName, deviceHeight);
if (val)
delete []val;
val = new char[strlen(defn) + 1];
if (!val)
return PRectangle();
strcpy(val, defn);
startHighlight = 0;
endHighlight = 0;
inCallTipMode = true;
posStartCallTip = pos;
// Look for multiple lines in the text
// Only support \n here - simply means container must avoid \r!
int width = 0;
int numLines = 1;
const char *newline;
const char *look = val;
while ((newline = strchr(look, '\n')) != NULL) {
int thisWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, newline - look);
width = Platform::Maximum(width, thisWidth);
look = newline + 1;
numLines++;
}
int lastWidth = surfaceMeasure.WidthText(font, look, strlen(look));
width = Platform::Maximum(width, lastWidth) + 10;
int lineHeight = surfaceMeasure.Height(font);
// Extra line for border and an empty line at top and bottom
int height = lineHeight * numLines - surfaceMeasure.InternalLeading(font) + 2 + 2;
return PRectangle(pt.x -5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1, pt.x + width - 5, pt.y + lineHeight + 1 + height);
}
void CallTip::CallTipCancel() {
inCallTipMode = false;
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
wCallTip.Destroy();
}
}
void CallTip::SetHighlight(int start, int end) {
// Avoid flashing by checking something has really changed
if ((start != startHighlight) || (end != endHighlight)) {
startHighlight = start;
endHighlight = end;
if (wCallTip.Created()) {
wCallTip.InvalidateAll();
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CallTip.h - interface to the call tip control
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CALLTIP_H
#define CALLTIP_H
const char callClassName[] = "CallTip";
class CallTip {
int startHighlight;
int endHighlight;
char *val;
Font font;
public:
Window wCallTip;
Window wDraw;
bool inCallTipMode;
int posStartCallTip;
ColourPair colourBG;
ColourPair colourUnSel;
ColourPair colourSel;
ColourPair colourShade;
ColourPair colourLight;
CallTip();
~CallTip();
// Claim or accept palette entries for the colours required to paint a calltip
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow);
// Setup the calltip and return a rectangle of the area required
PRectangle CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn,
const char *faceName, int size);
void CallTipCancel();
// Set a range of characters to be displayed in a highlight style.
// Commonly used to highlight the current parameter.
void SetHighlight(int start, int end);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CellBuffer.cxx - manages a buffer of cells
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
MarkerHandleSet::MarkerHandleSet() {
root = 0;
}
MarkerHandleSet::~MarkerHandleSet() {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhnToFree = mhn;
mhn = mhn->next;
delete mhnToFree;
}
root = 0;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::Length() {
int c = 0;
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
c++;
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return c;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::NumberFromHandle(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
return mhn->number;
}
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return - 1;
}
int MarkerHandleSet::MarkValue() {
unsigned int m = 0;
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
m |= (1 << mhn->number);
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return m;
}
bool MarkerHandleSet::Contains(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root;
while (mhn) {
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
return true;
}
mhn = mhn->next;
}
return false;
}
bool MarkerHandleSet::InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = new MarkerHandleNumber;
if (!mhn)
return false;
mhn->handle = handle;
mhn->number = markerNum;
mhn->next = root;
root = mhn;
return true;
}
void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveHandle(int handle) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn;
if (mhn->handle == handle) {
*pmhn = mhn->next;
delete mhn;
return;
}
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
}
void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveNumber(int markerNum) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn;
if (mhn->number == markerNum) {
*pmhn = mhn->next;
delete mhn;
return;
}
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
}
void MarkerHandleSet::CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other) {
MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root;
while (*pmhn) {
pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next);
}
*pmhn = other->root;
other->root = 0;
}
LineVector::LineVector() {
linesData = 0;
lines = 0;
levels = 0;
Init();
}
LineVector::~LineVector() {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
delete []linesData;
linesData = 0;
delete []levels;
levels = 0;
}
void LineVector::Init() {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
delete []linesData;
linesData = new LineData[static_cast<int>(growSize)];
size = growSize;
lines = 1;
delete []levels;
levels = 0;
sizeLevels = 0;
}
void LineVector::Expand(int sizeNew) {
LineData *linesDataNew = new LineData[sizeNew];
if (linesDataNew) {
for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
linesDataNew[i] = linesData[i];
// Do not delete handleSets here as they are transferred to new linesData
delete []linesData;
linesData = linesDataNew;
size = sizeNew;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void LineVector::ExpandLevels(int sizeNew) {
if (sizeNew == -1)
sizeNew = size;
int *levelsNew = new int[sizeNew];
if (levelsNew) {
int i = 0;
for (; i < sizeLevels; i++)
levelsNew[i] = levels[i];
for (; i < sizeNew; i++)
levelsNew[i] = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
delete []levels;
levels = levelsNew;
sizeLevels = sizeNew;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void LineVector::InsertValue(int pos, int value) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("InsertValue[%d] = %d\n", pos, value);
if ((lines + 2) >= size) {
Expand(size + growSize);
if (levels) {
ExpandLevels(size + growSize);
}
}
lines++;
for (int i = lines + 1; i > pos; i--) {
linesData[i] = linesData[i - 1];
}
linesData[pos].startPosition = value;
linesData[pos].handleSet = 0;
}
void LineVector::SetValue(int pos, int value) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("SetValue[%d] = %d\n", pos, value);
if ((pos + 2) >= size) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Resize %d %d\n", size,pos);
Expand(pos + growSize);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("end Resize %d %d\n", size,pos);
lines = pos;
if (levels) {
ExpandLevels(pos + growSize);
}
}
linesData[pos].startPosition = value;
}
void LineVector::Remove(int pos) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Remove %d\n", pos);
// Retain the markers from the deleted line by oring them into the previous line
if (pos > 0) {
MergeMarkers(pos - 1);
}
for (int i = pos; i < lines; i++) {
linesData[i] = linesData[i + 1];
}
lines--;
}
int LineVector::LineFromPosition(int pos) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPostion %d lines=%d end = %d\n", pos, lines, linesData[lines].startPosition);
if (lines == 0)
return 0;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPosition %d\n", pos);
if (pos >= linesData[lines].startPosition)
return lines - 1;
int lower = 0;
int upper = lines;
int middle = 0;
do {
middle = (upper + lower + 1) / 2; // Round high
if (pos < linesData[middle].startPosition) {
upper = middle - 1;
} else {
lower = middle;
}
} while (lower < upper);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("LineFromPostion %d %d %d\n", pos, lower, linesData[lower].startPosition, linesData[lower > 1 ? lower - 1 : 0].startPosition);
return lower;
}
int LineVector::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
handleCurrent++;
if (!linesData[line].handleSet) {
// Need new structure to hold marker handle
linesData[line].handleSet = new MarkerHandleSet;
if (!linesData[line].handleSet)
return - 1;
}
linesData[line].handleSet->InsertHandle(handleCurrent, markerNum);
return handleCurrent;
}
void LineVector::MergeMarkers(int pos) {
if (linesData[pos].handleSet || linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
if (linesData[pos].handleSet && linesData[pos + 1].handleSet) {
linesData[pos].handleSet->CombineWith(linesData[pos].handleSet);
linesData[pos].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
void LineVector::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet) {
if (markerNum == -1) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
} else {
linesData[line].handleSet->RemoveNumber(markerNum);
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Length() == 0) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
}
void LineVector::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
int line = LineFromHandle(markerHandle);
if (line >= 0) {
linesData[line].handleSet->RemoveHandle(markerHandle);
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Length() == 0) {
delete linesData[line].handleSet;
linesData[line].handleSet = 0;
}
}
}
int LineVector::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet) {
if (linesData[line].handleSet->Contains(markerHandle)) {
return line;
}
}
}
return - 1;
}
Action::Action() {
at = startAction;
position = 0;
data = 0;
lenData = 0;
}
Action::~Action() {
Destroy();
}
void Action::Create(actionType at_, int position_, char *data_, int lenData_) {
delete []data;
position = position_;
at = at_;
data = data_;
lenData = lenData_;
}
void Action::Destroy() {
delete []data;
data = 0;
}
void Action::Grab(Action *source) {
delete []data;
position = source->position;
at = source->at;
data = source->data;
lenData = source->lenData;
// Ownership of source data transferred to this
source->position = 0;
source->at = startAction;
source->data = 0;
source->lenData = 0;
}
CellBuffer::CellBuffer(int initialLength) {
body = new char[initialLength];
size = initialLength;
length = 0;
part1len = 0;
gaplen = initialLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
readOnly = false;
lenActions = 100;
actions = new Action[lenActions];
maxAction = 0;
currentAction = 0;
collectingUndo = undoCollectAutoStart;
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
savePoint = 0;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
}
CellBuffer::~CellBuffer() {
delete []body;
body = 0;
delete []actions;
actions = 0;
}
void CellBuffer::GapTo(int position) {
if (position == part1len)
return;
if (position < part1len) {
int diff = part1len - position;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Move gap backwards to %d diff = %d part1len=%d length=%d \n", position,diff, part1len, length);
for (int i = 0; i < diff; i++)
body[part1len + gaplen - i - 1] = body[part1len - i - 1];
} else { // position > part1len
int diff = position - part1len;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Move gap forwards to %d diff =%d\n", position,diff);
for (int i = 0; i < diff; i++)
body[part1len + i] = body[part1len + gaplen + i];
}
part1len = position;
part2body = body + gaplen;
}
void CellBuffer::RoomFor(int insertionLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("need room %d %d\n", gaplen, insertionLength);
if (gaplen <= insertionLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("need room %d %d\n", gaplen, insertionLength);
GapTo(length);
int newSize = size + insertionLength + 4000;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("moved gap %d\n", newSize);
char *newBody = new char[newSize];
memcpy(newBody, body, size);
delete []body;
body = newBody;
gaplen += newSize - size;
part2body = body + gaplen;
size = newSize;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("end need room %d %d - size=%d length=%d\n", gaplen, insertionLength,size,length);
}
}
// To make it easier to write code that uses ByteAt, a position outside the range of the buffer
// can be retrieved. All characters outside the range have the value '\0'.
char CellBuffer::ByteAt(int position) {
if (position < part1len) {
if (position < 0) {
return '\0';
} else {
return body[position];
}
} else {
if (position >= length) {
return '\0';
} else {
return part2body[position];
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::SetByteAt(int position, char ch) {
if (position < 0) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d\n",position);
return;
}
if (position >= length + 11) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Very Bad position %d of %d\n", position, length);
//exit(2);
return;
}
if (position >= length) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad position %d of %d\n",position,length);
return;
}
if (position < part1len) {
body[position] = ch;
} else {
part2body[position] = ch;
}
}
char CellBuffer::CharAt(int position) {
return ByteAt(position*2);
}
void CellBuffer::GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
if (lengthRetrieve < 0)
return;
if (position < 0)
return;
int bytePos = position * 2;
if ((bytePos + lengthRetrieve * 2) > length) {
Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad GetCharRange %d for %d of %d\n",bytePos,
lengthRetrieve, length);
return;
}
GapTo(0); // Move the buffer so its easy to subscript into it
char *pb = part2body + bytePos;
while (lengthRetrieve--) {
*buffer++ = *pb;
pb +=2;
}
}
char CellBuffer::StyleAt(int position) {
return ByteAt(position*2 + 1);
}
const char *CellBuffer::InsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
char *data = 0;
// InsertString and DeleteChars are the bottleneck though which all changes occur
if (!readOnly) {
if (collectingUndo) {
// Save into the undo/redo stack, but only the characters - not the formatting
// This takes up about half load time
data = new char[insertLength / 2];
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength / 2; i++) {
data[i] = s[i * 2];
}
AppendAction(insertAction, position, data, insertLength / 2);
}
BasicInsertString(position, s, insertLength);
}
return data;
}
void CellBuffer::InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style) {
char s[2];
s[0] = ch;
s[1] = style;
InsertString(position*2, s, 2);
}
bool CellBuffer::SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask) {
char curVal = ByteAt(position*2 + 1);
if ((curVal & mask) != style) {
SetByteAt(position*2 + 1, (curVal & ~mask) | style);
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool CellBuffer::SetStyleFor(int position, int lengthStyle, char style, char mask) {
int bytePos = position * 2 + 1;
bool changed = false;
while (lengthStyle--) {
char curVal = ByteAt(bytePos);
if ((curVal & mask) != style) {
SetByteAt(bytePos, (curVal & ~mask) | style);
changed = true;
}
bytePos += 2;
}
return changed;
}
void CellBuffer::EnsureUndoRoom() {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, length, currentAction);
if (currentAction >= 2) {
// Have to test that there is room for 2 more actions in the array
// as two actions may be created by this function
if (currentAction >= (lenActions - 2)) {
// Run out of undo nodes so extend the array
int lenActionsNew = lenActions * 2;
Action *actionsNew = new Action[lenActionsNew];
if (!actionsNew)
return;
for (int act = 0; act <= currentAction; act++)
actionsNew[act].Grab(&actions[act]);
delete []actions;
lenActions = lenActionsNew;
actions = actionsNew;
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int lengthData) {
EnsureUndoRoom();
//Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, lengthData, currentAction);
if (currentAction >= 2) {
// See if current action can be coalesced into previous action
// Will work if both are inserts or deletes and position is same or two different
if ((at != actions[currentAction - 1].at) || (abs(position - actions[currentAction - 1].position) > 2)) {
currentAction++;
} else if (currentAction == savePoint) {
currentAction++;
}
} else {
currentAction++;
}
actions[currentAction].Create(at, position, data, lengthData);
if ((collectingUndo == undoCollectAutoStart) && (0 == undoSequenceDepth)) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
}
maxAction = currentAction;
}
const char *CellBuffer::DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
// InsertString and DeleteChars are the bottleneck though which all changes occur
char *data = 0;
if (!readOnly) {
if (collectingUndo) {
// Save into the undo/redo stack, but only the characters - not the formatting
data = new char[deleteLength / 2];
for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength / 2; i++) {
data[i] = ByteAt(position + i * 2);
}
AppendAction(removeAction, position, data, deleteLength / 2);
}
BasicDeleteChars(position, deleteLength);
}
return data;
}
int CellBuffer::ByteLength() {
return length;
}
int CellBuffer::Length() {
return ByteLength() / 2;
}
int CellBuffer::Lines() {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Lines = %d\n", lv.lines);
return lv.lines;
}
int CellBuffer::LineStart(int line) {
if (line < 0)
return 0;
else if (line > lv.lines)
return length;
else
return lv.linesData[line].startPosition;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsReadOnly() {
return readOnly;
}
void CellBuffer::SetReadOnly(bool set) {
readOnly = set;
}
void CellBuffer::SetSavePoint() {
savePoint = currentAction;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsSavePoint() {
return savePoint == currentAction;
}
int CellBuffer::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
return lv.AddMark(line, markerNum);
}
return - 1;
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
lv.DeleteMark(line, markerNum);
}
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
lv.DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle);
}
int CellBuffer::GetMark(int line) {
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines) && (lv.linesData[line].handleSet))
return lv.linesData[line].handleSet->MarkValue();
return 0;
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) {
for (int line = 0; line < lv.lines; line++) {
lv.DeleteMark(line, markerNum);
}
}
int CellBuffer::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) {
return lv.LineFromHandle(markerHandle);
}
// Without undo
void CellBuffer::BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting at %d for %d\n", position, insertLength);
if (insertLength == 0)
return;
RoomFor(insertLength);
GapTo(position);
memcpy(body + part1len, s, insertLength);
length += insertLength;
part1len += insertLength;
gaplen -= insertLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
int lineInsert = lv.LineFromPosition(position / 2) + 1;
// Point all the lines after the insertion point further along in the buffer
for (int lineAfter = lineInsert; lineAfter <= lv.lines; lineAfter++) {
lv.linesData[lineAfter].startPosition += insertLength / 2;
}
char chPrev = ' ';
if ((position - 2) >= 0)
chPrev = ByteAt(position - 2);
char chAfter = ' ';
if ((position + insertLength) < length)
chAfter = ByteAt(position + insertLength);
if (chPrev == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Splitting a crlf pair at %d\n", lineInsert);
// Splitting up a crlf pair at position
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, position / 2);
lineInsert++;
}
char ch = ' ';
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i += 2) {
ch = s[i];
if (ch == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting cr at %d\n", lineInsert);
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
lineInsert++;
} else if (ch == '\n') {
if (chPrev == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Patching cr before lf at %d\n", lineInsert-1);
// Patch up what was end of line
lv.SetValue(lineInsert - 1, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
} else {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Inserting lf at %d\n", lineInsert);
lv.InsertValue(lineInsert, (position + i) / 2 + 1);
lineInsert++;
}
}
chPrev = ch;
}
// Joining two lines where last insertion is cr and following text starts with lf
if (chAfter == '\n') {
if (ch == '\r') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Joining cr before lf at %d\n", lineInsert-1);
// End of line already in buffer so drop the newly created one
lv.Remove(lineInsert - 1);
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting at %d for %d\n", position, deleteLength);
if (deleteLength == 0)
return;
if ((position == 0) && (deleteLength == length)) {
// If whole buffer is being deleted, faster to reinitialise lines data
// than to delete each line.
//printf("Whole buffer being deleted\n");
lv.Init();
} else {
// Have to fix up line positions before doing deletion as looking at text in buffer
// to work out which lines have been removed
int lineRemove = lv.LineFromPosition(position / 2) + 1;
// Point all the lines after the insertion point further along in the buffer
for (int lineAfter = lineRemove; lineAfter <= lv.lines; lineAfter++) {
lv.linesData[lineAfter].startPosition -= deleteLength / 2;
}
char chPrev = ' ';
if (position >= 2)
chPrev = ByteAt(position - 2);
char chBefore = chPrev;
char chNext = ' ';
if (position < length)
chNext = ByteAt(position);
bool ignoreNL = false;
if (chPrev == '\r' && chNext == '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting lf after cr, move line end to cr at %d\n", lineRemove);
// Move back one
lv.SetValue(lineRemove, position / 2);
lineRemove++;
ignoreNL = true; // First \n is not real deletion
}
char ch = chNext;
for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength; i += 2) {
chNext = ' ';
if ((position + i + 2) < length)
chNext = ByteAt(position + i + 2);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Deleting %d %x\n", i, ch);
if (ch == '\r') {
if (chNext != '\n') {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Removing cr end of line\n");
lv.Remove(lineRemove);
}
} else if ((ch == '\n') && !ignoreNL) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Removing lf end of line\n");
lv.Remove(lineRemove);
ignoreNL = false; // Further \n are not real deletions
}
ch = chNext;
}
// May have to fix up end if last deletion causes cr to be next to lf
// or removes one of a crlf pair
char chAfter = ' ';
if ((position + deleteLength) < length)
chAfter = ByteAt(position + deleteLength);
if (chBefore == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') {
//d.printf("Joining cr before lf at %d\n", lineRemove);
// Using lineRemove-1 as cr ended line before start of deletion
lv.Remove(lineRemove - 1);
lv.SetValue(lineRemove - 1, position / 2 + 1);
}
}
GapTo(position);
length -= deleteLength;
gaplen += deleteLength;
part2body = body + gaplen;
}
undoCollectionType CellBuffer::SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
collectingUndo = collectUndo;
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
return collectingUndo;
}
bool CellBuffer::IsCollectingUndo() {
return collectingUndo;
}
void CellBuffer::AppendUndoStartAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
// Finish any currently active undo sequence
undoSequenceDepth = 0;
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
undoSequenceDepth++;
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
void CellBuffer::BeginUndoAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
if (undoSequenceDepth == 0) {
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
undoSequenceDepth++;
}
void CellBuffer::EndUndoAction() {
EnsureUndoRoom();
undoSequenceDepth--;
if (0 == undoSequenceDepth) {
if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) {
currentAction++;
actions[currentAction].Create(startAction);
maxAction = currentAction;
}
}
}
void CellBuffer::DeleteUndoHistory() {
for (int i = 1; i < maxAction; i++)
actions[i].Destroy();
maxAction = 0;
currentAction = 0;
savePoint = 0;
}
bool CellBuffer::CanUndo() {
return (!readOnly) && ((currentAction > 0) && (maxAction > 0));
}
int CellBuffer::StartUndo() {
// Drop any trailing startAction
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction > 0)
currentAction--;
// Count the steps in this action
int act = currentAction;
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act > 0) {
act--;
}
return currentAction - act;
}
const Action &CellBuffer::UndoStep() {
const Action &actionStep = actions[currentAction];
if (actionStep.at == insertAction) {
BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData*2);
} else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) {
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
}
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
delete []styledData;
}
currentAction--;
return actionStep;
}
bool CellBuffer::CanRedo() {
return (!readOnly) && (maxAction > currentAction);
}
int CellBuffer::StartRedo() {
// Drop any leading startAction
if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction < maxAction)
currentAction++;
// Count the steps in this action
int act = currentAction;
while (actions[act].at != startAction && act < maxAction) {
act++;
}
return act - currentAction;
}
const Action &CellBuffer::RedoStep() {
const Action &actionStep = actions[currentAction];
if (actionStep.at == insertAction) {
char *styledData = new char[actionStep.lenData * 2];
for (int i = 0; i < actionStep.lenData; i++) {
styledData[i*2] = actionStep.data[i];
styledData[i*2+1] = 0;
}
BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, styledData, actionStep.lenData*2);
delete []styledData;
} else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) {
BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData*2);
}
currentAction++;
return actionStep;
}
int CellBuffer::SetLineState(int line, int state) {
int stateOld = lineStates[line];
lineStates[line] = state;
return stateOld;
}
int CellBuffer::GetLineState(int line) {
return lineStates[line];
}
int CellBuffer::GetMaxLineState() {
return lineStates.Length();
}
int CellBuffer::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
int prev = 0;
if ((line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
if (!lv.levels) {
lv.ExpandLevels();
}
prev = lv.levels[line];
if (lv.levels[line] != level) {
lv.levels[line] = level;
}
}
return prev;
}
int CellBuffer::GetLevel(int line) {
if (lv.levels && (line >= 0) && (line < lv.lines)) {
return lv.levels[line];
} else {
return SC_FOLDLEVELBASE;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// CellBuffer.h - manages the text of the document
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CELLBUFFER_H
#define CELLBUFFER_H
// This holds the marker identifier and the marker type to display.
// MarkerHandleNumbers are members of lists.
struct MarkerHandleNumber {
int handle;
int number;
MarkerHandleNumber *next;
};
// A marker handle set contains any number of MarkerHandleNumbers
class MarkerHandleSet {
MarkerHandleNumber *root;
public:
MarkerHandleSet();
~MarkerHandleSet();
int Length();
int NumberFromHandle(int handle);
int MarkValue(); // Bit set of marker numbers
bool Contains(int handle);
bool InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum);
void RemoveHandle(int handle);
void RemoveNumber(int markerNum);
void CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other);
};
// Each line stores the starting position of the first character of the line in the cell buffer
// and potentially a marker handle set. Often a line will not have any attached markers.
struct LineData {
int startPosition;
MarkerHandleSet *handleSet;
LineData() : startPosition(0), handleSet(0) {
}
};
// The line vector contains information about each of the lines in a cell buffer.
class LineVector {
public:
enum { growSize = 4000 };
int lines;
LineData *linesData;
int size;
int *levels;
int sizeLevels;
// Handles are allocated sequentially and should never have to be reused as 32 bit ints are very big.
int handleCurrent;
LineVector();
~LineVector();
void Init();
void Expand(int sizeNew);
void ExpandLevels(int sizeNew=-1);
void InsertValue(int pos, int value);
void SetValue(int pos, int value);
void Remove(int pos);
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
int AddMark(int line, int marker);
void MergeMarkers(int pos);
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
};
// Actions are used to store all the information required to perform one undo/redo step.
enum actionType { insertAction, removeAction, startAction };
class Action {
public:
actionType at;
int position;
char *data;
int lenData;
Action();
~Action();
void Create(actionType at_, int position_=0, char *data_=0, int lenData_=0);
void Destroy();
void Grab(Action *source);
};
enum undoCollectionType { undoCollectNone, undoCollectAutoStart, undoCollectManualStart };
// Holder for an expandable array of characters that supports undo and line markers
// Based on article "Data Structures in a Bit-Mapped Text Editor"
// by Wilfred J. Hansen, Byte January 1987, page 183
class CellBuffer {
private:
char *body;
int size;
int length;
int part1len;
int gaplen;
char *part2body;
bool readOnly;
Action *actions;
int lenActions;
int maxAction;
int currentAction;
undoCollectionType collectingUndo;
int undoSequenceDepth;
int savePoint;
LineVector lv;
SVector<int, 4000> lineStates;
void GapTo(int position);
void RoomFor(int insertionLength);
void EnsureUndoRoom();
void AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int length);
inline char ByteAt(int position);
void SetByteAt(int position, char ch);
public:
CellBuffer(int initialLength = 4000);
~CellBuffer();
// Retrieving positions outside the range of the buffer works and returns 0
char CharAt(int position);
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve);
char StyleAt(int position);
int ByteLength();
int Length();
int Lines();
int LineStart(int line);
int LineFromPosition(int pos) { return lv.LineFromPosition(pos); }
const char *InsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
void InsertCharStyle(int position, char ch, char style);
// Setting styles for positions outside the range of the buffer is safe and has no effect.
// True is returned if the style of a character changed.
bool SetStyleAt(int position, char style, char mask=(char)0xff);
bool SetStyleFor(int position, int length, char style, char mask);
const char *DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
bool IsReadOnly();
void SetReadOnly(bool set);
// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that
// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point.
void SetSavePoint();
bool IsSavePoint();
// Line marker functions
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum);
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle);
int GetMark(int line);
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum);
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
// Without undo
void BasicInsertString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
void BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength);
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo);
bool IsCollectingUndo();
void AppendUndoStartAction();
void BeginUndoAction();
void EndUndoAction();
void DeleteUndoHistory();
// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retreive the number of steps, then UndoStep is
// called that many times. Similarly for redo.
bool CanUndo();
int StartUndo();
const Action &UndoStep();
bool CanRedo();
int StartRedo();
const Action &RedoStep();
int SetLineState(int line, int state);
int GetLineState(int line);
int GetMaxLineState();
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
int GetLevel(int line);
};
#define CELL_SIZE 2
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ContractionState.cxx - manages visibility of lines for folding
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "ContractionState.h"
OneLine::OneLine() {
displayLine = 0;
docLine = 0;
visible = true;
expanded = true;
}
ContractionState::ContractionState() {
lines = 0;
size = 0;
linesInDoc = 1;
linesInDisplay = 1;
valid = false;
}
ContractionState::~ContractionState() {
Clear();
}
void ContractionState::MakeValid() const {
if (!valid) {
// Could be cleverer by keeping the index of the last still valid entry
// rather than invalidating all.
int linePrev = -1;
int lineDisplay = 0;
for (int line=0; line<linesInDoc; line++) {
lines[line].displayLine = lineDisplay;
if (lines[line].visible) {
lines[lineDisplay].docLine = line;
lineDisplay++;
}
}
valid = true;
}
}
void ContractionState::Clear() {
delete []lines;
lines = 0;
size = 0;
linesInDoc = 1;
linesInDisplay = 1;
}
int ContractionState::LinesInDoc() const {
return linesInDoc;
}
int ContractionState::LinesDisplayed() const {
return linesInDisplay;
}
int ContractionState::DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0) {
return lineDoc;
}
MakeValid();
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].displayLine;
}
return -1;
}
int ContractionState::DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const {
if (lineDisplay <= 0)
return 0;
if (lineDisplay >= linesInDisplay)
return linesInDoc-1;
if (size == 0)
return lineDisplay;
MakeValid();
return lines[lineDisplay].docLine;
}
void ContractionState::Grow(int sizeNew) {
OneLine *linesNew = new OneLine[sizeNew];
if (linesNew) {
int i = 0;
for (; i < size; i++) {
linesNew[i] = lines[i];
}
for (; i < sizeNew; i++) {
linesNew[i].displayLine = i;
}
delete []lines;
lines = linesNew;
size = sizeNew;
valid = false;
} else {
Platform::DebugPrintf("No memory available\n");
// TODO: Blow up
}
}
void ContractionState::InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
if (size == 0) {
linesInDoc += lineCount;
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
return;
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("InsertLine[%d] = %d\n", lineDoc);
if ((linesInDoc + 2) >= size) {
Grow(size + growSize);
}
linesInDoc += lineCount;
linesInDisplay += lineCount;
for (int i = linesInDoc + 1; i >= lineDoc + lineCount; i--) {
lines[i].visible = lines[i - lineCount].visible;
lines[i].expanded = lines[i - lineCount].expanded;
}
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++) {
lines[lineDoc+d].visible = true; // Should inherit visibility from context ?
lines[lineDoc+d].expanded = true;
}
valid = false;
}
void ContractionState::DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) {
if (size == 0) {
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
linesInDisplay -= lineCount;
return;
}
int delta = 0;
for (int d=0;d<lineCount;d++)
if (lines[lineDoc+d].visible)
delta--;
for (int i = lineDoc; i < linesInDoc-lineCount; i++) {
lines[i].visible = lines[i + lineCount].visible;
lines[i].expanded = lines[i + lineCount].expanded;
}
linesInDoc -= lineCount;
linesInDisplay += delta;
valid = false;
}
bool ContractionState::GetVisible(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0)
return true;
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].visible;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool ContractionState::SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible) {
if (size == 0) {
Grow(lineDocEnd + growSize);
}
// TODO: modify docLine members to mirror displayLine
int delta = 0;
// Change lineDocs
if ((lineDocStart <= lineDocEnd) && (lineDocStart >= 0) && (lineDocEnd < linesInDoc)) {
for (int line=lineDocStart; line <= lineDocEnd; line++) {
if (lines[line].visible != visible) {
delta += visible ? 1 : -1;
lines[line].visible = visible;
}
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
}
if (delta != 0) {
for (int line=lineDocEnd+1; line <= linesInDoc; line++) {
lines[line].displayLine += delta;
}
}
}
linesInDisplay += delta;
valid = false;
return delta != 0;
}
bool ContractionState::GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const {
if (size == 0)
return true;
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
return lines[lineDoc].expanded;
} else {
return false;
}
}
bool ContractionState::SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded) {
if (size == 0) {
Grow(lineDoc + growSize);
}
if ((lineDoc >= 0) && (lineDoc < linesInDoc)) {
if (lines[lineDoc].expanded != expanded) {
lines[lineDoc].expanded = expanded;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ContractionState.h - manages visibility of lines for folding
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
#define CONTRACTIONSTATE_H
class OneLine {
public:
int displayLine; // position within set of visible lines
int docLine; // inverse of displayLine
bool visible;
bool expanded;
OneLine();
virtual ~OneLine() {}
};
class ContractionState {
void Grow(int sizeNew);
enum { growSize = 4000 };
int linesInDoc;
int linesInDisplay;
mutable OneLine *lines;
int size;
mutable bool valid;
void MakeValid() const;
public:
ContractionState();
virtual ~ContractionState();
void Clear();
int LinesInDoc() const;
int LinesDisplayed() const;
int DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const;
int DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const;
void InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
void DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount);
bool GetVisible(int lineDoc) const;
bool SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible);
bool GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const;
bool SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Document.cxx - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "Document.h"
Document::Document() {
refCount = 0;
#ifdef unix
eolMode = SC_EOL_LF;
#else
eolMode = SC_EOL_CRLF;
#endif
dbcsCodePage = 0;
stylingBits = 5;
stylingBitsMask = 0x1F;
stylingPos = 0;
stylingMask = 0;
for (int ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
}
endStyled = 0;
enteredCount = 0;
tabInChars = 8;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
}
Document::~Document() {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyDeleted(this, watchers[i].userData);
}
delete []watchers;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
}
// Increase reference count and return its previous value.
int Document::AddRef() {
return refCount++;
}
// Decrease reference count and return its provius value.
// Delete the document if reference count reaches zero.
int Document::Release() {
int curRefCount = --refCount;
if (curRefCount == 0)
delete this;
return curRefCount;
}
void Document::SetSavePoint() {
cb.SetSavePoint();
NotifySavePoint(true);
}
int Document::LineStart(int line) {
return cb.LineStart(line);
}
int Document::LineFromPosition(int pos) {
return cb.LineFromPosition(pos);
}
int Document::LineEndPosition(int position) {
int line = LineFromPosition(position);
if (line == LinesTotal() - 1) {
position = LineStart(line + 1);
} else {
position = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
// When line terminator is CR+LF, may need to go back one more
if ((position > LineStart(line)) && (cb.CharAt(position - 1) == '\r')) {
position--;
}
}
return position;
}
int Document::VCHomePosition(int position) {
int line = LineFromPosition(position);
int startPosition = LineStart(line);
int endLine = LineStart(line + 1) - 1;
int startText = startPosition;
while (startText < endLine && (cb.CharAt(startText) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(startText) == '\t' ) )
startText++;
if (position == startText)
return startPosition;
else
return startText;
}
int Document::SetLevel(int line, int level) {
int prev = cb.SetLevel(line, level);
if (prev != level) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0);
mh.line = line;
mh.foldLevelNow = level;
mh.foldLevelPrev = prev;
NotifyModified(mh);
}
return prev;
}
static bool IsSubordinate(int levelStart, int levelTry) {
if (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)
return true;
else
return (levelStart & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK);
}
int Document::GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level) {
if (level == -1)
level = GetLevel(lineParent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK;
int maxLine = LinesTotal();
int lineMaxSubord = lineParent;
while ((lineMaxSubord < maxLine-1) && IsSubordinate(level, GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1))) {
lineMaxSubord++;
}
if (lineMaxSubord > lineParent) {
if (level > (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord+1) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) {
// Have chewed up some whitespace that belongs to a parent so seek back
if ((lineMaxSubord > lineParent) && (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord) & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) {
lineMaxSubord--;
}
}
}
return lineMaxSubord;
}
int Document::GetFoldParent(int line) {
int level = GetLevel(line);
int lineLook = line-1;
while ((lineLook > 0) && (
(!(GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) ||
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) >= level))
) {
lineLook--;
}
if ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) &&
((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < level)) {
return lineLook;
} else {
return -1;
}
}
int Document::ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos) {
return Platform::Clamp(pos, 0, Length());
}
bool Document::IsCrLf(int pos) {
if (pos < 0)
return false;
if (pos >= (Length() - 1))
return false;
return (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') && (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n');
}
bool Document::IsDBCS(int pos) {
#if PLAT_WIN
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
int startLine = pos;
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
startLine--;
while (startLine <= pos) {
if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine))) {
startLine++;
if (startLine >= pos)
return true;
}
startLine++;
}
}
return false;
#else
return false;
#endif
}
// Normalise a position so that it is not halfway through a two byte character.
// This can occur in two situations -
// When lines are terminated with \r\n pairs which should be treated as one character.
// When displaying DBCS text such as Japanese.
// If moving, move the position in the indicated direction.
int Document::MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("NoCRLF %d %d\n", pos, moveDir);
// If out of range, just return value - should be fixed up after
if (pos < 0)
return pos;
if (pos > Length())
return pos;
// Position 0 and Length() can not be between any two characters
if (pos == 0)
return pos;
if (pos == Length())
return pos;
// assert pos > 0 && pos < Length()
if (checkLineEnd && IsCrLf(pos - 1)) {
if (moveDir > 0)
return pos + 1;
else
return pos - 1;
}
// Not between CR and LF
#if PLAT_WIN
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can
// not be a DBCS trail byte.
int startLine = pos;
while (startLine > 0 && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\r' && cb.CharAt(startLine) != '\n')
startLine--;
bool atLeadByte = false;
while (startLine < pos) {
if (atLeadByte)
atLeadByte = false;
else if (IsDBCSLeadByteEx(dbcsCodePage, cb.CharAt(startLine)))
atLeadByte = true;
else
atLeadByte = false;
startLine++;
//Platform::DebugPrintf("DBCS %s\n", atlead ? "D" : "-");
}
if (atLeadByte) {
// Position is between a lead byte and a trail byte
if (moveDir > 0)
return pos + 1;
else
return pos - 1;
}
}
#endif
return pos;
}
void Document::ModifiedAt(int pos) {
if (endStyled > pos)
endStyled = pos;
}
// Document only modified by gateways DeleteChars, InsertStyledString, Undo, Redo, and SetStyleAt.
// SetStyleAt does not change the persistent state of a document
// Unlike Undo, Redo, and InsertStyledString, the pos argument is a cell number not a char number
void Document::DeleteChars(int pos, int len) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
NotifyModifyAttempt();
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
const char *text = cb.DeleteChars(pos*2, len * 2);
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
ModifiedAt(pos);
int modFlags = SC_MOD_DELETETEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
DocModification mh(modFlags, pos, len, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
void Document::InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
if (cb.IsReadOnly())
NotifyModifyAttempt();
if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
const char *text = cb.InsertString(position, s, insertLength);
if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo())
NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint);
ModifiedAt(position / 2);
int modFlags = SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER;
DocModification mh(modFlags, position / 2, insertLength / 2, LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
int Document::Undo() {
int newPos = 0;
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
int steps = cb.StartUndo();
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
const Action &action = cb.UndoStep();
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
newPos = cellPosition;
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_UNDO;
// With undo, an insertion action becomes a deletion notification
if (action.at == removeAction) {
newPos += action.lenData;
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
} else {
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
}
if (step == steps-1)
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
}
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
enteredCount--;
}
return newPos;
}
int Document::Redo() {
int newPos = 0;
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
int steps = cb.StartRedo();
for (int step=0; step<steps; step++) {
int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal();
const Action &action = cb.RedoStep();
int cellPosition = action.position / 2;
ModifiedAt(cellPosition);
newPos = cellPosition;
int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_REDO;
if (action.at == insertAction) {
newPos += action.lenData;
modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT;
} else {
modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT;
}
if (step == steps-1)
modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO;
NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData,
LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, action.data));
}
bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint();
if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint)
NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint);
enteredCount--;
}
return newPos;
}
void Document::InsertChar(int pos, char ch) {
char chs[2];
chs[0] = ch;
chs[1] = 0;
InsertStyledString(pos*2, chs, 2);
}
// Insert a null terminated string
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s) {
InsertString(position, s, strlen(s));
}
// Insert a string with a length
void Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength) {
char *sWithStyle = new char[insertLength * 2];
if (sWithStyle) {
for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i++) {
sWithStyle[i*2] = s[i];
sWithStyle[i*2 + 1] = 0;
}
InsertStyledString(position*2, sWithStyle, insertLength*2);
delete []sWithStyle;
}
}
void Document::DelChar(int pos) {
if (IsCrLf(pos)) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
} else if (IsDBCS(pos)) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
} else if (pos < Length()) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
}
}
int Document::DelCharBack(int pos) {
if (pos <= 0) {
return pos;
} else if (IsCrLf(pos - 2)) {
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
return pos - 2;
} else if (IsDBCS(pos - 1)) {
DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2);
return pos - 2;
} else {
DeleteChars(pos - 1, 1);
return pos - 1;
}
}
void Document::Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop) {
if (forwards) {
// Indent by a tab
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
InsertChar(LineStart(line), '\t');
}
} else {
// Dedent - suck white space off the front of the line to dedent by equivalent of a tab
for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) {
int ispc = 0;
while (ispc < tabInChars && cb.CharAt(LineStart(line) + ispc) == ' ')
ispc++;
int posStartLine = LineStart(line);
if (ispc == tabInChars) {
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
} else if (cb.CharAt(posStartLine + ispc) == '\t') {
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc + 1);
} else { // Hit a non-white
DeleteChars(posStartLine, ispc);
}
}
}
}
void Document::ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet) {
BeginUndoAction();
for (int pos = 0; pos < Length(); pos++) {
if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') {
if (cb.CharAt(pos+1) == '\n') {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CRLF) {
DeleteChars(pos, 2);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CR)
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
else
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
} else {
pos++;
}
} else {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_CR) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
pos++;
} else {
InsertString(pos, "\n", 1);
}
}
}
} else if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\n') {
if (eolModeSet != SC_EOL_LF) {
DeleteChars(pos, 1);
if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) {
InsertString(pos, "\r\n", 2);
pos++;
} else {
InsertString(pos, "\r", 1);
}
}
}
}
EndUndoAction();
}
bool Document::IsWordChar(unsigned char ch) {
return wordchars[ch];
}
int Document::ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta) {
if (delta < 0) {
while (pos > 0 && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
pos--;
} else {
while (pos < (Length()) && IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos)))
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
int Document::NextWordStart(int pos, int delta) {
if (delta < 0) {
while (pos > 0 && (cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos - 1) == '\t'))
pos--;
if (isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))) { // Back up to previous line
while (pos > 0 && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)))
pos--;
} else {
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1));
while (pos > 0 && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))))
pos--;
}
} else {
bool startAtWordChar = IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos));
while (pos < (Length()) && isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)))
pos++;
while (pos < (Length()) && !isspace(cb.CharAt(pos)) && (startAtWordChar == IsWordChar(cb.CharAt(pos))))
pos++;
while (pos < (Length()) && (cb.CharAt(pos) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(pos) == '\t'))
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
bool Document::IsWordAt(int start, int end) {
int lengthDoc = Length();
if (start > 0) {
char ch = CharAt(start - 1);
if (IsWordChar(ch))
return false;
}
if (end < lengthDoc - 1) {
char ch = CharAt(end);
if (IsWordChar(ch))
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Find text in document, supporting both forward and backward
// searches (just pass minPos > maxPos to do a backward search)
// Has not been tested with backwards DBCS searches yet.
long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word) {
bool forward = minPos <= maxPos;
int increment = forward ? 1 : -1;
// Range endpoints should not be inside DBCS characters, but just in case, move them.
int startPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(minPos, increment, false);
int endPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(maxPos, increment, false);
// Compute actual search ranges needed
int lengthFind = strlen(s);
int endSearch = 0;
if (startPos <= endPos) {
endSearch = endPos - lengthFind + 1;
} else {
endSearch = endPos;
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Find %d %d %s %d\n", startPos, endPos, ft->lpstrText, lengthFind);
char firstChar = s[0];
if (!caseSensitive)
firstChar = toupper(firstChar);
int pos = startPos;
while (forward ? (pos < endSearch) : (pos >= endSearch)) {
char ch = CharAt(pos);
if (caseSensitive) {
if (ch == firstChar) {
bool found = true;
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
if (ch != s[posMatch])
found = false;
}
if (found) {
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
return pos;
}
}
} else {
if (toupper(ch) == firstChar) {
bool found = true;
for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) {
ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch);
if (toupper(ch) != toupper(s[posMatch]))
found = false;
}
if (found) {
if ((!word) || IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind))
return pos;
}
}
}
pos += increment;
if (dbcsCodePage) {
// Ensure trying to match from start of character
pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, increment, false);
}
}
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Not found\n");
return - 1;
}
int Document::LinesTotal() {
return cb.Lines();
}
void Document::SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars) {
int ch;
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = false;
}
if (chars) {
while (*chars) {
wordchars[*chars] = true;
chars++;
}
} else {
for (ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) {
wordchars[ch] = isalnum(ch) || ch == '_';
}
}
}
void Document::SetStylingBits(int bits) {
stylingBits = bits;
stylingBitsMask = 0;
for (int bit=0; bit<stylingBits; bit++) {
stylingBitsMask <<= 1;
stylingBitsMask |= 1;
}
}
void Document::StartStyling(int position, char mask) {
stylingPos = position;
stylingMask = mask;
}
void Document::SetStyleFor(int length, char style) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
if (cb.SetStyleFor(stylingPos, length, style, stylingMask)) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
prevEndStyled, length);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
stylingPos += length;
endStyled = stylingPos;
enteredCount--;
}
}
void Document::SetStyles(int length, char *styles) {
if (enteredCount == 0) {
enteredCount++;
int prevEndStyled = endStyled;
bool didChange = false;
for (int iPos = 0; iPos < length; iPos++, stylingPos++) {
if (cb.SetStyleAt(stylingPos, styles[iPos], stylingMask)) {
didChange = true;
}
}
endStyled = stylingPos;
if (didChange) {
DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER,
prevEndStyled, endStyled - prevEndStyled);
NotifyModified(mh);
}
enteredCount--;
}
}
bool Document::AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
(watchers[i].userData == userData))
return false;
}
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers + 1];
if (!pwNew)
return false;
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers; j++)
pwNew[j] = watchers[j];
pwNew[lenWatchers].watcher = watcher;
pwNew[lenWatchers].userData = userData;
delete []watchers;
watchers = pwNew;
lenWatchers++;
return true;
}
bool Document::RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) &&
(watchers[i].userData == userData)) {
if (lenWatchers == 1) {
delete []watchers;
watchers = 0;
lenWatchers = 0;
} else {
WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers];
if (!pwNew)
return false;
for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers - 1; j++) {
pwNew[j] = (j < i) ? watchers[j] : watchers[j + 1];
}
delete []watchers;
watchers = pwNew;
lenWatchers--;
}
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
void Document::NotifyModifyAttempt() {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModifyAttempt(this, watchers[i].userData);
}
}
void Document::NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifySavePoint(this, watchers[i].userData, atSavePoint);
}
}
void Document::NotifyModified(DocModification mh) {
for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) {
watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModified(this, mh, watchers[i].userData);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Document.h - text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef DOCUMENT_H
#define DOCUMENT_H
// A Position is a position within a document between two characters or at the beginning or end.
// Sometimes used as a character index where it identifies the character after the position.
typedef int Position;
const Position invalidPosition = -1;
// The range class represents a range of text in a document.
// The two values are not sorted as one end may be more significant than the other
// as is the case for the selection where the end position is the position of the caret.
// If either position is invalidPosition then the range is invalid and most operations will fail.
class Range {
public:
Position start;
Position end;
Range(Position pos=0) :
start(pos), end(pos) {
};
Range(Position start_, Position end_) :
start(start_), end(end_) {
};
bool Valid() const {
return (start != invalidPosition) && (end != invalidPosition);
}
bool Contains(Position pos) const {
if (start < end) {
return (pos >= start && pos <= end);
} else {
return (pos <= start && pos >= end);
}
}
bool Contains(Range other) const {
return Contains(other.start) && Contains(other.end);
}
bool Overlaps(Range other) const {
return
Contains(other.start) ||
Contains(other.end) ||
other.Contains(start) ||
other.Contains(end);
}
};
class DocWatcher;
class DocModification;
class Document {
public:
// Used to pair watcher pointer with user data
class WatcherWithUserData {
public:
DocWatcher *watcher;
void *userData;
WatcherWithUserData() {
watcher = 0;
userData = 0;
}
};
private:
int refCount;
CellBuffer cb;
bool wordchars[256];
int stylingPos;
int stylingMask;
int endStyled;
int enteredCount;
WatcherWithUserData *watchers;
int lenWatchers;
public:
int stylingBits;
int stylingBitsMask;
int eolMode;
int dbcsCodePage;
int tabInChars;
Document();
virtual ~Document();
int AddRef();
int Release();
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
int ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos);
bool IsCrLf(int pos);
int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true);
// Gateways to modifying document
void DeleteChars(int pos, int len);
void InsertStyledString(int position, char *s, int insertLength);
int Undo();
int Redo();
bool CanUndo() { return cb.CanUndo(); }
bool CanRedo() { return cb.CanRedo(); }
void DeleteUndoHistory() { cb.DeleteUndoHistory(); }
undoCollectionType SetUndoCollection(undoCollectionType collectUndo) {
return cb.SetUndoCollection(collectUndo);
}
void AppendUndoStartAction() { cb.AppendUndoStartAction(); }
void BeginUndoAction() { cb.BeginUndoAction(); }
void EndUndoAction() { cb.EndUndoAction(); }
void SetSavePoint();
bool IsSavePoint() { return cb.IsSavePoint(); }
void Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop);
void ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet);
void SetReadOnly(bool set) { cb.SetReadOnly(set); }
void InsertChar(int pos, char ch);
void InsertString(int position, const char *s);
void InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength);
void DelChar(int pos);
int DelCharBack(int pos);
char CharAt(int position) { return cb.CharAt(position); }
void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) {
cb.GetCharRange(buffer, position, lengthRetrieve);
}
char StyleAt(int position) { return cb.StyleAt(position); }
int GetMark(int line) { return cb.GetMark(line); }
int AddMark(int line, int markerNum) { return cb.AddMark(line, markerNum); }
void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) { cb.DeleteMark(line, markerNum); }
void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) { cb.DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle); }
void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) { cb.DeleteAllMarks(markerNum); }
int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) { return cb.LineFromHandle(markerHandle); }
int LineStart(int line);
int LineEndPosition(int position);
int VCHomePosition(int position);
int SetLevel(int line, int level);
int GetLevel(int line) { return cb.GetLevel(line); }
int GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level=-1);
int GetFoldParent(int line);
void Indent(bool forwards);
int ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta);
int NextWordStart(int pos, int delta);
int Length() { return cb.Length(); }
long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, bool caseSensitive, bool word);
long FindText(WORD iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
int LinesTotal();
void SetWordChars(unsigned char *chars);
void SetStylingBits(int bits);
void StartStyling(int position, char mask);
void SetStyleFor(int length, char style);
void SetStyles(int length, char *styles);
int GetEndStyled() { return endStyled; }
int SetLineState(int line, int state) { return cb.SetLineState(line, state); }
int GetLineState(int line) { return cb.GetLineState(line); }
int GetMaxLineState() { return cb.GetMaxLineState(); }
bool AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
bool RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData);
const WatcherWithUserData *GetWatchers() const { return watchers; }
int GetLenWatchers() const { return lenWatchers; }
private:
bool IsDBCS(int pos);
bool IsWordChar(unsigned char ch);
bool IsWordAt(int start, int end);
void ModifiedAt(int pos);
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
void NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint);
void NotifyModified(DocModification mh);
};
// To optimise processing of document modifications by DocWatchers, a hint is passed indicating the
// scope of the change.
// If the DocWatcher is a document view then this can be used to optimise screen updating.
class DocModification {
public:
int modificationType;
int position;
int length;
int linesAdded; // Negative if lines deleted
const char *text; // Only valid for changes to text, not for changes to style
int line;
int foldLevelNow;
int foldLevelPrev;
DocModification(int modificationType_, int position_=0, int length_=0,
int linesAdded_=0, const char *text_=0) :
modificationType(modificationType_),
position(position_),
length(length_),
linesAdded(linesAdded_),
text(text_),
line(0),
foldLevelNow(0),
foldLevelPrev(0) {}
};
// A class that wants to receive notifications from a Document must be derived from DocWatcher
// and implement the notification methods. It can then be added to the watcher list with AddWatcher.
class DocWatcher {
public:
virtual ~DocWatcher() {}
virtual void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
virtual void NotifySavePoint(Document *doc, void *userData, bool atSavePoint) = 0;
virtual void NotifyModified(Document *doc, DocModification mh, void *userData) = 0;
virtual void NotifyDeleted(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0;
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Editor.h - defines the main editor class
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef EDITOR_H
#define EDITOR_H
class Caret {
public:
bool active;
bool on;
int period;
Caret();
};
class Timer {
public:
bool ticking;
int ticksToWait;
enum {tickSize = 100};
int tickerID;
Timer();
};
class LineLayout {
public:
// Drawing is only performed for maxLineLength characters on each line.
enum {maxLineLength = 4000};
int numCharsInLine;
char chars[maxLineLength];
char styles[maxLineLength];
char indicators[maxLineLength];
int positions[maxLineLength];
};
class Editor : public DocWatcher {
protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor
// On GTK+, Scintilla is a container widget holding two scroll bars and a drawing area
// whereas on Windows there is just one window with both scroll bars turned on.
// Therefore, on GTK+ the following are separate windows but only one window on Windows.
Window wMain; // The Scintilla parent window
Window wDraw; // The text drawing area
// Style resources may be expensive to allocate so are cached between uses.
// When a style attribute is changed, this cache is flushed.
bool stylesValid;
ViewStyle vs;
Palette palette;
bool hideSelection;
bool inOverstrike;
// In bufferedDraw mode, graphics operations are drawn to a pixmap and then copied to
// the screen. This avoids flashing but is about 30% slower.
bool bufferedDraw;
int xOffset; // Horizontal scrolled amount in pixels
int xCaretMargin; // Ensure this many pixels visible on both sides of caret
Surface pixmapLine;
Surface pixmapSelMargin;
Surface pixmapSelPattern;
// Intellimouse support - currently only implemented for Windows
unsigned int ucWheelScrollLines;
short cWheelDelta; //wheel delta from roll
KeyMap kmap;
Caret caret;
Timer timer;
Point lastClick;
unsigned int lastClickTime;
enum { selChar, selWord, selLine } selectionType;
Point ptMouseLast;
bool firstExpose;
bool inDragDrop;
bool dropWentOutside;
int posDrag;
int posDrop;
int lastXChosen;
int lineAnchor;
int originalAnchorPos;
int currentPos;
int anchor;
int topLine;
int posTopLine;
bool needUpdateUI;
Position braces[2];
int bracesMatchStyle;
int edgeState;
int theEdge;
enum { notPainting, painting, paintAbandoned } paintState;
PRectangle rcPaint;
bool paintingAllText;
int modEventMask;
char *dragChars;
int lenDrag;
bool dragIsRectangle;
enum { selStream, selRectangle, selRectangleFixed } selType;
int xStartSelect;
int xEndSelect;
int caretPolicy;
int caretSlop;
int searchAnchor;
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
int recordingMacro;
#endif
int foldFlags;
ContractionState cs;
Document *pdoc;
Editor();
virtual ~Editor();
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
virtual void Finalise();
void InvalidateStyleData();
void InvalidateStyleRedraw();
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void RefreshStyleData();
void DropGraphics();
PRectangle GetClientRectangle();
PRectangle GetTextRectangle();
int LinesOnScreen();
int LinesToScroll();
int MaxScrollPos();
Point LocationFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
int XFromPosition(unsigned int pos);
int PositionFromLocation(Point pt);
int PositionFromLineX(int line, int x);
int LineFromLocation(Point pt);
void SetTopLine(int topLineNew);
void RedrawRect(PRectangle rc);
void Redraw();
void RedrawSelMargin();
PRectangle RectangleFromRange(int start, int end);
void InvalidateRange(int start, int end);
int CurrentPosition();
bool SelectionEmpty();
int SelectionStart(int line=-1);
int SelectionEnd(int line=-1);
void SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_);
void SetSelection(int currentPos_);
void SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_);
int MovePositionTo(int newPos, bool extend = false);
int MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir);
void SetLastXChosen();
void ScrollTo(int line);
virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove);
void HorizontalScrollTo(int xPos);
void EnsureCaretVisible(bool useMargin=true);
void ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition();
void DropCaret();
void InvalidateCaret();
void PaintSelMargin(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
void LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout &ll);
void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart,
PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout &ll);
void Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea);
long FormatRange(bool draw, FORMATRANGE *pfr);
virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos() = 0;
virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos() = 0;
virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) = 0;
void SetScrollBarsTo(PRectangle rsClient);
void SetScrollBars();
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
void ClearSelection();
void ClearAll();
void Cut();
void PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len);
virtual void Copy() = 0;
virtual void Paste() = 0;
void Clear();
void SelectAll();
void Undo();
void Redo();
void DelChar();
void DelCharBack();
virtual void ClaimSelection() = 0;
virtual void NotifyChange() = 0;
virtual void NotifyFocus(bool focus);
virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) = 0;
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
void NotifyChar(char ch);
void NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint);
void NotifyModifyAttempt();
virtual void NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift);
void NotifyUpdateUI();
bool NotifyMarginClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void NotifyNeedShown(int pos, int len);
void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *document, void *userData);
void NotifySavePoint(Document *document, void *userData, bool atSavePoint);
void NotifyModified(Document *document, DocModification mh, void *userData);
void NotifyDeleted(Document *document, void *userData);
#ifdef MACRO_SUPPORT
void NotifyMacroRecord(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif
void PageMove(int direction, bool extend=false);
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
virtual int KeyDefault(int /* key */, int /*modifiers*/);
int KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
bool GetWhitespaceVisible();
void SetWhitespaceVisible(bool view);
void Indent(bool forwards);
long FindText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
void SearchAnchor();
long SearchText(UINT iMessage,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);
void GoToLine(int lineNo);
char *CopyRange(int start, int end);
int SelectionRangeLength();
char *CopySelectionRange();
void CopySelectionIntoDrag();
void SetDragPosition(int newPos);
virtual void StartDrag();
void DropAt(int position, const char *value, bool moving, bool rectangular);
// PositionInSelection returns 0 if position in selection, -1 if position before selection, and 1 if after.
// Before means either before any line of selection or before selection on its line, with a similar meaning to after
int PositionInSelection(int pos);
bool PointInSelection(Point pt);
bool PointInSelMargin(Point pt);
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
void ButtonMove(Point pt);
void ButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl);
void Tick();
virtual void SetTicking(bool on) = 0;
virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on) = 0;
virtual bool HaveMouseCapture() = 0;
void CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range r);
int BraceMatch(int position, int maxReStyle);
void SetBraceHighlight(Position pos0, Position pos1, int matchStyle);
void SetDocPointer(Document *document);
void Expand(int &line, bool doExpand);
void ToggleContraction(int line);
void EnsureLineVisible(int line);
virtual LRESULT DefWndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) = 0;
public:
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
// Public so scintilla_set_id can use it
int ctrlID;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Indicator.cxx - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
void Indicator::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
surface->PenColour(fore.allocated);
int ymid = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
if (style == INDIC_SQUIGGLE) {
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, rc.top);
int x = rc.left + 2;
int y = 2;
while (x < rc.right) {
surface->LineTo(x, rc.top + y);
x += 2;
y = 2 - y;
}
surface->LineTo(rc.right, rc.top + y); // Finish the line
} else if (style == INDIC_TT) {
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
int x = rc.left + 5;
while (x < rc.right) {
surface->LineTo(x, ymid);
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
x++;
surface->MoveTo(x, ymid);
x += 5;
}
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid); // Finish the line
if (x - 3 <= rc.right) {
surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid);
surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2);
}
} else { // Either INDIC_PLAIN or unknown
surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid);
surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Indicator.h - defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef INDICATOR_H
#define INDICATOR_H
class Indicator {
public:
int style;
ColourPair fore;
Indicator() : style(INDIC_PLAIN), fore(Colour(0,0,0)) {
}
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// KeyMap.cxx - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
KeyMap::KeyMap() : kmap(0), len(0), alloc(0) {
for (int i = 0; MapDefault[i].key; i++) {
AssignCmdKey(MapDefault[i].key,
MapDefault[i].modifiers,
MapDefault[i].msg);
}
}
KeyMap::~KeyMap() {
Clear();
}
void KeyMap::Clear() {
delete []kmap;
kmap = 0;
len = 0;
alloc = 0;
}
void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg) {
if ((len+1) >= alloc) {
KeyToCommand *ktcNew = new KeyToCommand[alloc + 5];
if (!ktcNew)
return;
for (int k=0;k<len;k++)
ktcNew[k] = kmap[k];
alloc += 5;
delete []kmap;
kmap = ktcNew;
}
for (int keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < len; keyIndex++) {
if ((key == kmap[keyIndex].key) && (modifiers == kmap[keyIndex].modifiers)) {
kmap[keyIndex].msg = msg;
return;
}
}
kmap[len].key = key;
kmap[len].modifiers = modifiers;
kmap[len].msg = msg;
len++;
}
UINT KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) {
for (int i=0; i < len; i++) {
if ((key == kmap[i].key) && (modifiers == kmap[i].modifiers)) {
return kmap[i].msg;
}
}
return 0;
}
KeyToCommand KeyMap::MapDefault[] = {
VK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN,
VK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND,
VK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP,
VK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND,
VK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT,
VK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND,
VK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT,
VK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT,
VK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND,
VK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME,
VK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND,
VK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART,
VK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND,
VK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND,
VK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND,
VK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND,
VK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND,
VK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP,
VK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND,
VK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN,
VK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND,
VK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, WM_CLEAR,
VK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, WM_CUT,
VK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT,
VK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE,
VK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, WM_PASTE,
VK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
VK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL,
VK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK,
VK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT,
'Z', SCI_CTRL, WM_UNDO,
'Y', SCI_CTRL, SCI_REDO,
'X', SCI_CTRL, WM_CUT,
'C', SCI_CTRL, WM_COPY,
'V', SCI_CTRL, WM_PASTE,
'A', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTALL,
VK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB,
VK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB,
VK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE,
'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_FORMFEED,
VK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN,
VK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT,
0,0,0,
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// KeyMap.h - defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef KEYTOCOMMAND_H
#define KEYTOCOMMAND_H
#define SCI_NORM 0
#define SCI_SHIFT SHIFT_PRESSED
#define SCI_CTRL LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
#define SCI_ALT LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
#define SCI_CSHIFT (SCI_CTRL | SCI_SHIFT)
class KeyToCommand {
public:
int key;
int modifiers;
UINT msg;
};
class KeyMap {
KeyToCommand *kmap;
int len;
int alloc;
static KeyToCommand MapDefault[];
public:
KeyMap();
~KeyMap();
void Clear();
void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, UINT msg);
UINT Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// LineMarker.cxx - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
void LineMarker::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) {
int minDim = Platform::Minimum(rc.Width(), rc.Height());
minDim--; // Ensure does not go beyond edge
int centreX = (rc.right + rc.left) / 2;
int centreY = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2;
int dimOn2 = minDim / 2;
int dimOn4 = minDim / 4;
if (rc.Width() > (rc.Height() * 2)) {
// Wide column is line number so move to left to try to avoid overlapping number
centreX = rc.left + dimOn2 + 1;
}
if (markType == SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT) {
PRectangle rcRounded = rc;
rcRounded.left = rc.left + 1;
rcRounded.right = rc.right - 1;
surface->RoundedRectangle(rcRounded, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLE) {
PRectangle rcCircle;
rcCircle.left = centreX - dimOn2;
rcCircle.top = centreY - dimOn2;
rcCircle.right = centreX + dimOn2;
rcCircle.bottom = centreY + dimOn2;
surface->Ellipse(rcCircle, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROW) {
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn2),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn2),
Point(centreX + dimOn2 - dimOn4, centreY),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN) {
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2 - dimOn4),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_PLUS) {
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
Point xpts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX, centreY),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
};
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - armSize),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + 1),
Point(centreX + 1, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + armSize),
Point(centreX - 1, centreY + 1),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_MINUS) {
int armSize = dimOn2-2;
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1),
};
Point xpts[] = {
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX + armSize, centreY),
Point(centreX - armSize, centreY),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_SMALLRECT) {
PRectangle rcSmall;
rcSmall.left = rc.left + 1;
rcSmall.top = rc.top + 2;
rcSmall.right = rc.right - 1;
rcSmall.bottom = rc.bottom - 2;
surface->RectangleDraw(rcSmall, fore.allocated, back.allocated);
} else if (markType == SC_MARK_EMPTY) {
// An invisible marker so don't draw anything
} else { // SC_MARK_SHORTARROW
Point pts[] = {
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY),
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn2),
Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn4),
Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn4),
Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2),
};
surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]),
fore.allocated, back.allocated);
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// LineMarker.h - defines the look of a line marker in the margin
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef LINEMARKER_H
#define LINEMARKER_H
class LineMarker {
public:
int markType;
ColourPair fore;
ColourPair back;
LineMarker() {
markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE;
fore = Colour(0,0,0);
back = Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff);
}
void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor
// PropSet.cxx - a java style properties file module
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
// Maintain a dictionary of properties
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) {
#if PLAT_GTK
return 0 == strcasecmp(a, b);
#elif PLAT_WIN
return 0 == stricmp(a, b);
#elif PLAT_WX
return 0 == wxStricmp(a, b);
#endif
}
// Get a line of input. If end of line escaped with '\\' then continue reading.
static bool GetFullLine(const char *&fpc, int &lenData, char *s, int len) {
bool continuation = true;
while ((len > 1) && lenData > 0) {
char ch = *fpc;
fpc++;
lenData--;
if ((ch == '\r') || (ch == '\n')) {
if (!continuation) {
if ((lenData > 0) && (ch == '\r') && ((*fpc) == '\n')) {
// munch the second half of a crlf
fpc++;
lenData--;
}
*s++ = '\0';
return true;
}
} else if ((ch == '\\') && (lenData > 0) && ((*fpc == '\r') || (*fpc == '\n'))) {
continuation = true;
} else {
continuation = false;
*s++ = ch;
len--;
}
}
return false;
}
PropSet::PropSet() {
superPS = 0;
size = 10;
used = 0;
vals = new char * [size];
}
PropSet::~PropSet() {
superPS = 0;
Clear();
delete []vals;
}
void PropSet::EnsureCanAddEntry() {
if (used >= size - 2) {
int newsize = size + 10;
char **newvals = new char * [newsize];
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
newvals[i] = vals[i];
}
delete []vals;
vals = newvals;
size = newsize;
}
}
void PropSet::Set(const char *key, const char *val) {
EnsureCanAddEntry();
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
// Replace current value
delete [](vals[i + 1]);
vals[i + 1] = StringDup(val);
return;
}
}
// Not found
vals[used++] = StringDup(key);
vals[used++] = StringDup(val);
}
void PropSet::Set(char *keyval) {
char *eqat = strchr(keyval, '=');
if (eqat) {
*eqat = '\0';
Set(keyval, eqat + 1);
*eqat = '=';
}
}
SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], key)) {
return vals[i + 1];
}
}
if (superPS) {
// Failed here, so try in base property set
return superPS->Get(key);
} else {
return "";
}
}
int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) {
SString val = Get(key);
if (val.length())
return Get(key).value();
else
return defaultValue;
}
bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) {
while (*target && *prefix) {
if (toupper(*target) != toupper(*prefix))
return false;
target++;
prefix++;
}
if (*prefix)
return false;
else
return true;
}
bool issuffix(const char *target, const char *suffix) {
int lentarget = strlen(target);
int lensuffix = strlen(suffix);
if (lensuffix > lentarget)
return false;
for (int i = lensuffix - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (toupper(target[i + lentarget - lensuffix]) != toupper(suffix[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
SString PropSet::GetWild(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i += 2) {
if (isprefix(vals[i], keybase)) {
char *orgkeyfile = vals[i] + strlen(keybase);
char *keyfile = NULL;
if (strstr(orgkeyfile, "$(") == orgkeyfile) {
char *cpendvar = strchr(orgkeyfile, ')');
if (cpendvar) {
int lenvar = cpendvar - orgkeyfile - 2; // Subtract the $()
char *var = static_cast<char *>(malloc(lenvar + 1));
strncpy(var, orgkeyfile + 2, lenvar);
var[lenvar] = '\0';
SString s = Get(var);
free(var);
keyfile = strdup(s.c_str());
}
}
char *keyptr = keyfile;
if (keyfile == NULL)
keyfile = orgkeyfile;
for (; ; ) {
char *del = strchr(keyfile, ';');
if (del == NULL)
del = keyfile + strlen(keyfile);
char delchr = *del;
*del = '\0';
if (*keyfile == '*') {
if (issuffix(filename, keyfile + 1)) {
*del = delchr;
free(keyptr);
return vals[i + 1];
}
} else if (EqualCaseInsensitive(keyfile, filename)) {
*del = delchr;
free(keyptr);
return vals[i + 1];
}
if (delchr == '\0')
break;
*del = delchr;
keyfile = del + 1;
}
free(keyptr);
if (EqualCaseInsensitive(vals[i], keybase)) {
return vals[i + 1];
}
}
}
if (superPS) {
// Failed here, so try in base property set
return superPS->GetWild(keybase, filename);
} else {
return "";
}
}
SString PropSet::GetNewExpand(const char *keybase, const char *filename) {
char *base = StringDup(GetWild(keybase, filename).c_str());
char *cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
while (cpvar) {
char *cpendvar = strchr(cpvar, ')');
if (cpendvar) {
int lenvar = cpendvar - cpvar - 2; // Subtract the $()
char *var = new char[lenvar + 1];
strncpy(var, cpvar + 2, lenvar);
var[lenvar] = '\0';
SString val = GetWild(var, filename);
int newlenbase = strlen(base) + val.length() - lenvar;
char *newbase = new char[newlenbase];
strncpy(newbase, base, cpvar - base);
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base), val.c_str());
strcpy(newbase + (cpvar - base) + val.length(), cpendvar + 1);
delete []var;
delete []base;
base = newbase;
}
cpvar = strstr(base, "$(");
}
SString sret = base;
delete []base;
return sret;
}
void PropSet::Clear() {
for (int i = 0; i < used; i++) {
delete [](vals[i]);
vals[i] = 0;
}
used = 0;
}
void PropSet::ReadFromMemory(const char *data, int len) {
if (len > 0) {
const char *pd = data;
char linebuf[60000];
while (GetFullLine(pd, len, linebuf, sizeof(linebuf))) {
if (isalpha(linebuf[0]))
Set(linebuf);
}
}
}
void PropSet::Read(const char *filename) {
//printf("Opening properties <%s>\n", filename);
Clear();
char propsData[60000];
FILE *rcfile = fopen(filename, "rb");
if (rcfile) {
int lenFile = fread(propsData, 1, sizeof(propsData), rcfile);
fclose(rcfile);
ReadFromMemory(propsData, lenFile);
} else {
//printf("Could not open <%s>\n", filename);
}
}
static bool iswordsep(char ch, bool onlyLineEnds) {
if (!isspace(ch))
return false;
if (!onlyLineEnds)
return true;
return ch == '\r' || ch == '\n';
}
// Creates an array that points into each word in the string and puts \0 terminators
// after each word.
static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, bool onlyLineEnds = false) {
char prev = '\n';
int words = 0;
for (int j = 0; wordlist[j]; j++) {
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[j], onlyLineEnds) && iswordsep(prev, onlyLineEnds))
words++;
prev = wordlist[j];
}
char **keywords = new char * [words + 1];
if (keywords) {
words = 0;
prev = '\0';
int len = strlen(wordlist);
for (int k = 0; k < len; k++) {
if (!iswordsep(wordlist[k], onlyLineEnds)) {
if (!prev) {
keywords[words] = &wordlist[k];
words++;
}
} else {
wordlist[k] = '\0';
}
prev = wordlist[k];
}
keywords[words] = &wordlist[len];
}
return keywords;
}
void WordList::Clear() {
if (words) {
delete []words;
delete []list;
}
words = 0;
list = 0;
len = 0;
}
void WordList::Set(const char *s) {
len = 0;
list = StringDup(s);
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
}
char *WordList::Allocate(int size) {
list = new char[size + 1];
list[size] = '\0';
return list;
}
void WordList::SetFromAllocated() {
len = 0;
words = ArrayFromWordList(list, onlyLineEnds);
}
// Shell sort based upon public domain C implementation by Raymond Gardner 1991
// Used here because of problems with mingw qsort.
static void SortWordList(char **words, unsigned int len) {
unsigned int gap = len / 2;
while (gap > 0) {
unsigned int i = gap;
while (i < len) {
unsigned int j = i;
char **a = words + j;
do {
j -= gap;
char **b = a;
a -= gap;
if (strcmp(*a, *b) > 0) {
char *tmp = *a;
*a = *b;
*b = tmp;
} else {
break;
}
} while (j >= gap);
i++;
}
gap = gap / 2;
}
}
bool WordList::InList(const char *s) {
if (0 == words)
return false;
if (len == 0) {
for (int i = 0; words[i][0]; i++)
len++;
SortWordList(words, len);
for (int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++)
starts[k] = -1;
for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) {
unsigned char indexChar = words[l][0];
starts[indexChar] = l;
}
}
unsigned char firstChar = s[0];
int j = starts[firstChar];
if (j >= 0) {
while (words[j][0] == firstChar) {
if (s[1] == words[j][1]) {
const char *a = words[j] + 1;
const char *b = s + 1;
while (*a && *a == *b) {
a++;
b++;
}
if (!*a && !*b)
return true;
}
j++;
}
}
return false;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// SVector.h - a simple expandable vector
// Copyright 1998-1999 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@hare.net.au>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SVECTOR_H
#define SVECTOR_H
// A simple expandable vector.
// T must support assignment.
// Storage not allocated for elements until an element is used.
// This makes it very lightweight unless used so is a good match for optional features.
template<class T, int sizeIncrement>
class SVector {
T *v;
unsigned int size; // Number of elements allocated
unsigned int len; // Number of elements in vector
bool allocFailure; // A memory allocation call has failed
// Internally allocate more elements than the user wants to avoid
// thrashng the memory allocator
void SizeTo(int newSize) {
if (newSize < sizeIncrement)
newSize += sizeIncrement;
else
newSize = (newSize * 3) / 2;
T* newv = new T[newSize];
if (!newv) {
allocFailure = true;
return;
}
size = newSize;
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
newv[i] = v[i];
}
delete []v;
v = newv;
}
public:
SVector() {
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
}
~SVector() {
Free();
}
SVector(const SVector &other) {
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
if (other.Length() > 0) {
SizeTo(other.Length());
if (!allocFailure) {
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
v[i] = other.v[i];
len = other.Length();
}
}
}
SVector &operator=(const SVector &other) {
if (this != &other) {
delete []v;
allocFailure = false;
v = 0;
len = 0;
size = 0;
if (other.Length() > 0) {
SizeTo(other.Length());
if (!allocFailure) {
for (int i=0;i<other.Length();i++)
v[i] = other.v[i];
}
len = other.Length();
}
}
return *this;
}
T &operator[](unsigned int i) {
if (i >= len) {
if (i >= size) {
SizeTo(i);
}
len = i+1;
}
return v[i];
}
void Free() {
delete []v;
v = 0;
size = 0;
len = 0;
}
void SetLength(int newLen) {
if (newLength > len) {
if (newLength >= size) {
SizeTo(newLength);
}
}
len = newLen;
}
int Length() const {
return len;
}
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ScintillaBase.cxx - an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
#include "SciLexer.h"
#include "PropSet.h"
#include "Accessor.h"
#include "KeyWords.h"
#endif
#include "ContractionState.h"
#include "SVector.h"
#include "CellBuffer.h"
#include "CallTip.h"
#include "KeyMap.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
#include "AutoComplete.h"
#include "Document.h"
#include "Editor.h"
#include "ScintillaBase.h"
ScintillaBase::ScintillaBase() {
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
lexLanguage = SCLEX_CONTAINER;
for (int wl=0;wl<numWordLists;wl++)
keyWordLists[wl] = new WordList;
#endif
}
ScintillaBase::~ScintillaBase() {}
void ScintillaBase::Finalise() {
popup.Destroy();
}
void ScintillaBase::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
Editor::RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
ct.RefreshColourPalette(pal, want);
}
void ScintillaBase::AddChar(char ch) {
bool acActiveBeforeCharAdded = ac.Active();
Editor::AddChar(ch);
if (acActiveBeforeCharAdded)
AutoCompleteChanged(ch);
}
void ScintillaBase::Command(int cmdId) {
switch (cmdId) {
case idAutoComplete: // Nothing to do
break;
case idCallTip: // Nothing to do
break;
case idcmdUndo:
WndProc(WM_UNDO, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdRedo:
WndProc(SCI_REDO, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdCut:
WndProc(WM_CUT, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdCopy:
WndProc(WM_COPY, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdPaste:
WndProc(WM_PASTE, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdDelete:
WndProc(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0);
break;
case idcmdSelectAll:
WndProc(SCI_SELECTALL, 0, 0);
break;
}
}
int ScintillaBase::KeyCommand(UINT iMessage) {
// Most key commands cancel autocompletion mode
if (ac.Active()) {
switch (iMessage) {
// Except for these
case SCI_LINEDOWN:
AutoCompleteMove(1);
return 0;
case SCI_LINEUP:
AutoCompleteMove( -1);
return 0;
case SCI_PAGEDOWN:
AutoCompleteMove(5);
return 0;
case SCI_PAGEUP:
AutoCompleteMove( -5);
return 0;
case SCI_VCHOME:
AutoCompleteMove( -5000);
return 0;
case SCI_LINEEND:
AutoCompleteMove(5000);
return 0;
case SCI_DELETEBACK:
DelCharBack();
AutoCompleteChanged();
EnsureCaretVisible();
return 0;
case SCI_TAB:
AutoCompleteCompleted();
return 0;
default:
ac.Cancel();
}
}
if (ct.inCallTipMode) {
if (
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFT) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARRIGHT) &&
(iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) &&
(iMessage != SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE) &&
(iMessage != SCI_DELETEBACK)
) {
ct.CallTipCancel();
}
if (iMessage == SCI_DELETEBACK) {
if (currentPos <= ct.posStartCallTip) {
ct.CallTipCancel();
}
}
}
return Editor::KeyCommand(iMessage);
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list) {
//Platform::DebugPrintf("AutoCOmplete %s\n", list);
ct.CallTipCancel();
ac.Start(wDraw, idAutoComplete, currentPos, lenEntered);
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos-lenEntered);
//Platform::DebugPrintf("Auto complete %x\n", lbAutoComplete);
int heightLB = 100;
int widthLB = 100;
if (pt.x >= rcClient.right - widthLB) {
HorizontalScrollTo(xOffset + pt.x - rcClient.right + widthLB);
Redraw();
pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos);
}
PRectangle rcac;
rcac.left = pt.x - 5;
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
rcac.top = pt.y - heightLB;
if (rcac.top < 0) {
heightLB += rcac.top;
rcac.top = 0;
}
} else {
rcac.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
}
rcac.right = rcac.left + widthLB;
rcac.bottom = Platform::Minimum(rcac.top + heightLB, rcClient.bottom);
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcac, wMain);
ac.lb.SetFont(vs.styles[0].font);
int maxStrLen = ac.SetList(list);
// Fiddle the position of the list so it is right next to the target and wide enough for all its strings
PRectangle rcList = ac.lb.GetPosition();
int heightAlloced = rcList.bottom - rcList.top;
// Make an allowance for large strings in list
rcList.left = pt.x - 5;
rcList.right = rcList.left + Platform::Maximum(widthLB, maxStrLen * 8 + 16);
if (pt.y >= rcClient.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below.
pt.y >= (rcClient.bottom + rcClient.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above.
rcList.top = pt.y - heightAlloced;
} else {
rcList.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight;
}
rcList.bottom = rcList.top + heightAlloced;
ac.lb.SetPositionRelative(rcList, wMain);
//lbAutoComplete.SetPosition(rcList);
ac.Show();
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCancel() {
ac.Cancel();
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteMove(int delta) {
ac.Move(delta);
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteChanged(char ch) {
if (currentPos <= ac.posStart) {
ac.Cancel();
} else if (ac.IsStopChar(ch)) {
ac.Cancel();
} else {
char wordCurrent[1000];
int i;
int startWord = ac.posStart - ac.startLen;
for (i = startWord; i < currentPos; i++)
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = pdoc->CharAt(i);
wordCurrent[i - startWord] = '\0';
ac.Select(wordCurrent);
}
}
void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCompleted() {
int item = ac.lb.GetSelection();
char selected[200];
if (item != -1) {
ac.lb.GetValue(item, selected, sizeof(selected));
}
ac.Cancel();
if (currentPos != ac.posStart) {
pdoc->DeleteChars(ac.posStart, currentPos - ac.posStart);
}
SetEmptySelection(ac.posStart);
if (item != -1) {
pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, selected + ac.startLen);
SetEmptySelection(currentPos + strlen(selected + ac.startLen));
}
}
void ScintillaBase::ContextMenu(Point pt) {
popup.CreatePopUp();
AddToPopUp("Undo", idcmdUndo, pdoc->CanUndo());
AddToPopUp("Redo", idcmdRedo, pdoc->CanRedo());
AddToPopUp("");
AddToPopUp("Cut", idcmdCut, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("Copy", idcmdCopy, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("Paste", idcmdPaste, WndProc(EM_CANPASTE, 0, 0));
AddToPopUp("Delete", idcmdDelete, currentPos != anchor);
AddToPopUp("");
AddToPopUp("Select All", idcmdSelectAll);
popup.Show(pt, wMain);
}
void ScintillaBase::ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) {
AutoCompleteCancel();
ct.CallTipCancel();
Editor::ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt);
}
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
void ScintillaBase::Colourise(int start, int end) {
int lengthDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETLENGTH, 0, 0);
if (end == -1)
end = lengthDoc;
int len = end - start;
PropSet props;
StylingContext styler(wMain.GetID(), props);
int styleStart = 0;
if (start > 0)
styleStart = styler.StyleAt(start - 1);
ColouriseDoc(pdoc->dbcsCodePage, start, len, styleStart, lexLanguage, keyWordLists, styler);
styler.Flush();
}
#endif
void ScintillaBase::NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded) {
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
if (lexLanguage != SCLEX_CONTAINER) {
int endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), SCI_GETENDSTYLED, 0, 0);
int lineEndStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEFROMCHAR, endStyled, 0);
endStyled = Platform::SendScintilla(wMain.GetID(), EM_LINEINDEX, lineEndStyled, 0);
Colourise(endStyled, endStyleNeeded);
return;
}
#endif
Editor::NotifyStyleNeeded(endStyleNeeded);
}
LRESULT ScintillaBase::WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) {
switch (iMessage) {
case SCI_AUTOCSHOW:
AutoCompleteStart(wParam, reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_AUTOCCANCEL:
AutoCompleteCancel();
break;
case SCI_AUTOCACTIVE:
return ac.Active();
case SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART:
return ac.posStart;
case SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE:
AutoCompleteCompleted();
break;
case SCI_AUTOCSTOPS:
ac.SetStopChars(reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPSHOW: {
AutoCompleteCancel();
if (!ct.wCallTip.Created()) {
PRectangle rc = ct.CallTipStart(currentPos, LocationFromPosition(wParam),
reinterpret_cast<char *>(lParam),
vs.styles[0].fontName, vs.styles[0].size);
// If the call-tip window would be out of the client
// space, adjust so it displays above the text.
PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle();
if (rc.bottom > rcClient.bottom) {
int offset = vs.lineHeight + rc.Height();
rc.top -= offset;
rc.bottom -= offset;
}
// Now display the window.
CreateCallTipWindow(rc);
ct.wCallTip.SetPositionRelative(rc, wDraw);
ct.wCallTip.Show();
}
}
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL:
ct.CallTipCancel();
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE:
return ct.inCallTipMode;
case SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART:
return ct.posStartCallTip;
case SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT:
ct.SetHighlight(wParam, lParam);
break;
case SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK:
ct.colourBG = Colour(wParam);
InvalidateStyleRedraw();
break;
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
case SCI_SETLEXER:
lexLanguage = wParam;
break;
case SCI_GETLEXER:
return lexLanguage;
case SCI_COLOURISE:
Colourise(wParam, lParam);
break;
case SCI_SETPROPERTY:
props.Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(wParam),
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
break;
case SCI_SETKEYWORDS:
if ((wParam >= 0) && (wParam < numWordLists)) {
keyWordLists[wParam]->Clear();
keyWordLists[wParam]->Set(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(lParam));
}
break;
#endif
default:
return Editor::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam);
}
return 0l;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ScintillaBase.h - defines an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef SCINTILLABASE_H
#define SCINTILLABASE_H
class ScintillaBase : public Editor {
protected:
// Enumeration of commands and child windows
enum {
idCallTip=1,
idAutoComplete=2,
idcmdUndo=10,
idcmdRedo=11,
idcmdCut=12,
idcmdCopy=13,
idcmdPaste=14,
idcmdDelete=15,
idcmdSelectAll=16
};
Menu popup;
AutoComplete ac;
CallTip ct;
#ifdef SCI_LEXER
int lexLanguage;
PropSet props;
enum {numWordLists=5};
WordList *keyWordLists[numWordLists];
void Colourise(int start, int end);
#endif
ScintillaBase();
virtual ~ScintillaBase();
virtual void Initialise() = 0;
virtual void Finalise() = 0;
virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
virtual void AddChar(char ch);
void Command(int cmdId);
virtual int KeyCommand(UINT iMessage);
void AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list);
void AutoCompleteCancel();
void AutoCompleteMove(int delta);
void AutoCompleteChanged(char ch=0);
void AutoCompleteCompleted();
virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc) = 0;
virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd=0, bool enabled=true) = 0;
void ContextMenu(Point pt);
virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt);
virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(int endStyleNeeded);
public:
// Public so scintilla_send_message can use it
virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT iMessage, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Style.cxx - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Style.h"
Style::Style() {
Clear();
}
Style::~Style() {
font.Release();
}
Style &Style::operator=(const Style &source) {
if (this == &source)
return *this;
Clear();
fore.desired = source.fore.desired;
back.desired = source.back.desired;
bold = source.bold;
italic = source.italic;
size = source.size;
strcpy(fontName, source.fontName);
eolFilled = source.eolFilled;
return *this;
}
void Style::Clear(Colour fore_, Colour back_, int size_, const char *fontName_,
bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_) {
fore.desired = fore_;
back.desired = back_;
bold = bold_;
italic = italic_;
size = size_;
strcpy(fontName, fontName_);
eolFilled = eolFilled_;
font.Release();
}
void Style::Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel) {
int sizeZoomed = size + zoomLevel;
if (sizeZoomed <= 2) // Hangs if sizeZoomed <= 1
sizeZoomed = 2;
int deviceHeight = (sizeZoomed * surface.LogPixelsY()) / 72;
font.Create(fontName, deviceHeight, bold, italic);
ascent = surface.Ascent(font);
descent = surface.Descent(font);
// Probably more typographically correct to include leading
// but that means more complex drawing as leading must be erased
//lineHeight = surface.ExternalLeading() + surface.Height();
externalLeading = surface.ExternalLeading(font);
lineHeight = surface.Height(font);
aveCharWidth = surface.AverageCharWidth(font);
spaceWidth = surface.WidthChar(font, ' ');
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// Style.h - defines the font and colour style for a class of text
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef STYLE_H
#define STYLE_H
class Style {
public:
ColourPair fore;
ColourPair back;
bool bold;
bool italic;
int size;
char fontName[100];
bool eolFilled;
Font font;
unsigned int lineHeight;
unsigned int ascent;
unsigned int descent;
unsigned int externalLeading;
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
unsigned int spaceWidth;
Style();
~Style();
Style &operator=(const Style &source);
void Clear(Colour fore_=Colour(0,0,0), Colour back_=Colour(0xff,0xff,0xff),
int size_=Platform::DefaultFontSize(),
const char *fontName_=Platform::DefaultFont(),
bool bold_=false, bool italic_=false, bool eolFilled_=false);
void Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ViewStyle.cxx - store information on how the document is to be viewed
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#include <string.h>
#include "Platform.h"
#include "Scintilla.h"
#include "Indicator.h"
#include "LineMarker.h"
#include "Style.h"
#include "ViewStyle.h"
MarginStyle::MarginStyle() :
symbol(false), width(16), mask(0xffffffff), sensitive(false) {
}
ViewStyle::ViewStyle() {
Init();
}
ViewStyle::ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source) {
Init();
for (int sty=0;sty<=STYLE_MAX;sty++) {
styles[sty] = source.styles[sty];
}
for (int mrk=0;mrk<=MARKER_MAX;mrk++) {
markers[mrk] = source.markers[mrk];
}
for (int ind=0;ind<=INDIC_MAX;ind++) {
indicators[ind] = source.indicators[ind];
}
selforeset = source.selforeset;
selforeground.desired = source.selforeground.desired;
selbackset = source.selbackset;
selbackground.desired = source.selbackground.desired;
selbar.desired = source.selbar.desired;
selbarlight.desired = source.selbarlight.desired;
caretcolour.desired = source.caretcolour.desired;
edgecolour.desired = source.edgecolour.desired;
leftMarginWidth = source.leftMarginWidth;
rightMarginWidth = source.rightMarginWidth;
for (int i=0;i < margins; i++) {
ms[i] = source.ms[i];
}
symbolMargin = source.symbolMargin;
maskInLine = source.maskInLine;
fixedColumnWidth = source.fixedColumnWidth;
zoomLevel = source.zoomLevel;
viewWhitespace = source.viewWhitespace;
viewEOL = source.viewEOL;
showMarkedLines = source.showMarkedLines;
}
ViewStyle::~ViewStyle() {
}
void ViewStyle::Init() {
indicators[0].style = INDIC_SQUIGGLE;
indicators[0].fore = Colour(0, 0x7f, 0);
indicators[1].style = INDIC_TT;
indicators[1].fore = Colour(0, 0, 0xff);
indicators[2].style = INDIC_PLAIN;
indicators[2].fore = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
lineHeight = 1;
maxAscent = 1;
maxDescent = 1;
aveCharWidth = 8;
spaceWidth = 8;
selforeset = false;
selforeground.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
selbackset = true;
selbackground.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].fore.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
//caretcolour.desired = Colour(0xff, 0, 0);
caretcolour.desired = Colour(0, 0, 0);
edgecolour.desired = Colour(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
leftMarginWidth = 1;
rightMarginWidth = 1;
ms[0].symbol = false;
ms[0].width = 0;
ms[0].mask = 0;
ms[1].symbol = true;
ms[1].width = 16;
ms[1].mask = ~SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
ms[2].symbol = true;
ms[2].width = 14; // Nice width for arrows
ms[2].mask = SC_MASK_FOLDERS;
ms[2].width = 0; // Nice width for arrows
ms[2].mask = 0;
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
symbolMargin = false;
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
}
zoomLevel = 0;
viewWhitespace = false;
viewEOL = false;
showMarkedLines = true;
}
void ViewStyle::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) {
unsigned int i;
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(styles[i].fore, want);
pal.WantFind(styles[i].back, want);
}
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(indicators)/sizeof(indicators[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(indicators[i].fore, want);
}
for (i=0;i<(sizeof(markers)/sizeof(markers[0]));i++) {
pal.WantFind(markers[i].fore, want);
pal.WantFind(markers[i].back, want);
}
pal.WantFind(selforeground, want);
pal.WantFind(selbackground, want);
pal.WantFind(selbar, want);
pal.WantFind(selbarlight, want);
pal.WantFind(caretcolour, want);
pal.WantFind(edgecolour, want);
}
void ViewStyle::Refresh(Surface &surface) {
selbar.desired = Platform::Chrome();
selbarlight.desired = Platform::ChromeHighlight();
maxAscent = 1;
maxDescent = 1;
for (unsigned int i=0;i<(sizeof(styles)/sizeof(styles[0]));i++) {
styles[i].Realise(surface, zoomLevel);
if (maxAscent < styles[i].ascent)
maxAscent = styles[i].ascent;
if (maxDescent < styles[i].descent)
maxDescent = styles[i].descent;
}
lineHeight = maxAscent + maxDescent;
aveCharWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].aveCharWidth;
spaceWidth = styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].spaceWidth;
fixedColumnWidth = leftMarginWidth;
symbolMargin = false;
maskInLine = 0xffffffff;
for (int margin=0; margin < margins; margin++) {
fixedColumnWidth += ms[margin].width;
symbolMargin = symbolMargin || ms[margin].symbol;
if (ms[margin].width > 0)
maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask;
}
}
void ViewStyle::ResetDefaultStyle() {
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].Clear();
}
void ViewStyle::ClearStyles() {
// Reset all styles to be like the default style
for (int i=0; i<=STYLE_MAX; i++) {
if (i != STYLE_DEFAULT) {
styles[i].Clear(
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.desired,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.desired,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].size,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fontName,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].bold,
styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].italic);
}
}
styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = Platform::Chrome();
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
// Scintilla source code edit control
// ViewStyle.h - store information on how the document is to be viewed
// Copyright 1998-2000 by Neil Hodgson <neilh@scintilla.org>
// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
#ifndef VIEWSTYLE_H
#define VIEWSTYLE_H
class MarginStyle {
public:
bool symbol;
int width;
int mask;
bool sensitive;
MarginStyle();
};
class ViewStyle {
public:
Style styles[STYLE_MAX + 1];
LineMarker markers[MARKER_MAX + 1];
Indicator indicators[INDIC_MAX + 1];
int lineHeight;
unsigned int maxAscent;
unsigned int maxDescent;
unsigned int aveCharWidth;
unsigned int spaceWidth;
bool selforeset;
ColourPair selforeground;
bool selbackset;
ColourPair selbackground;
ColourPair selbar;
ColourPair selbarlight;
// Margins are ordered: Line Numbers, Selection Margin, Spacing Margin
int leftMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
int rightMarginWidth; // Spacing margin on left of text
enum { margins=3 };
bool symbolMargin;
int maskInLine; // Mask for markers to be put into text because there is nowhere for them to go in margin
MarginStyle ms[margins];
int fixedColumnWidth;
int zoomLevel;
bool viewWhitespace;
bool viewEOL;
bool showMarkedLines;
ColourPair caretcolour;
ColourPair edgecolour;
ViewStyle();
ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source);
~ViewStyle();
void Init();
void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want);
void Refresh(Surface &surface);
void ResetDefaultStyle();
void ClearStyles();
};
#endif

1386
src/stc/stc.cpp Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff